xref: /qemu/libdecnumber/decNumber.c (revision 6402cbbb)
1 /* Decimal number arithmetic module for the decNumber C Library.
2    Copyright (C) 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3    Contributed by IBM Corporation.  Author Mike Cowlishaw.
4 
5    This file is part of GCC.
6 
7    GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
8    the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
9    Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
10    version.
11 
12    In addition to the permissions in the GNU General Public License,
13    the Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission to link
14    the compiled version of this file into combinations with other
15    programs, and to distribute those combinations without any
16    restriction coming from the use of this file.  (The General Public
17    License restrictions do apply in other respects; for example, they
18    cover modification of the file, and distribution when not linked
19    into a combine executable.)
20 
21    GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
22    WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
23    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
24    for more details.
25 
26    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
27    along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
28    Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
29    02110-1301, USA.  */
30 
31 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
32 /* Decimal Number arithmetic module				      */
33 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
34 /* This module comprises the routines for General Decimal Arithmetic  */
35 /* as defined in the specification which may be found on the	      */
36 /* http://www2.hursley.ibm.com/decimal web pages.  It implements both */
37 /* the full ('extended') arithmetic and the simpler ('subset')	      */
38 /* arithmetic.							      */
39 /*								      */
40 /* Usage notes:							      */
41 /*								      */
42 /* 1. This code is ANSI C89 except:				      */
43 /*								      */
44 /*       If DECDPUN>4 or DECUSE64=1, the C99 64-bit int64_t and	      */
45 /*	 uint64_t types may be used.  To avoid these, set DECUSE64=0  */
46 /*	 and DECDPUN<=4 (see documentation).			      */
47 /*								      */
48 /* 2. The decNumber format which this library uses is optimized for   */
49 /*    efficient processing of relatively short numbers; in particular */
50 /*    it allows the use of fixed sized structures and minimizes copy  */
51 /*    and move operations.  It does, however, support arbitrary	      */
52 /*    precision (up to 999,999,999 digits) and arbitrary exponent     */
53 /*    range (Emax in the range 0 through 999,999,999 and Emin in the  */
54 /*    range -999,999,999 through 0).  Mathematical functions (for     */
55 /*    example decNumberExp) as identified below are restricted more   */
56 /*    tightly: digits, emax, and -emin in the context must be <=      */
57 /*    DEC_MAX_MATH (999999), and their operand(s) must be within      */
58 /*    these bounds.						      */
59 /*								      */
60 /* 3. Logical functions are further restricted; their operands must   */
61 /*    be finite, positive, have an exponent of zero, and all digits   */
62 /*    must be either 0 or 1.  The result will only contain digits     */
63 /*    which are 0 or 1 (and will have exponent=0 and a sign of 0).    */
64 /*								      */
65 /* 4. Operands to operator functions are never modified unless they   */
66 /*    are also specified to be the result number (which is always     */
67 /*    permitted).  Other than that case, operands must not overlap.   */
68 /*								      */
69 /* 5. Error handling: the type of the error is ORed into the status   */
70 /*    flags in the current context (decContext structure).  The	      */
71 /*    SIGFPE signal is then raised if the corresponding trap-enabler  */
72 /*    flag in the decContext is set (is 1).			      */
73 /*								      */
74 /*    It is the responsibility of the caller to clear the status      */
75 /*    flags as required.					      */
76 /*								      */
77 /*    The result of any routine which returns a number will always    */
78 /*    be a valid number (which may be a special value, such as an     */
79 /*    Infinity or NaN).						      */
80 /*								      */
81 /* 6. The decNumber format is not an exchangeable concrete	      */
82 /*    representation as it comprises fields which may be machine-     */
83 /*    dependent (packed or unpacked, or special length, for example). */
84 /*    Canonical conversions to and from strings are provided; other   */
85 /*    conversions are available in separate modules.		      */
86 /*								      */
87 /* 7. Normally, input operands are assumed to be valid.	 Set DECCHECK */
88 /*    to 1 for extended operand checking (including NULL operands).   */
89 /*    Results are undefined if a badly-formed structure (or a NULL    */
90 /*    pointer to a structure) is provided, though with DECCHECK	      */
91 /*    enabled the operator routines are protected against exceptions. */
92 /*    (Except if the result pointer is NULL, which is unrecoverable.) */
93 /*								      */
94 /*    However, the routines will never cause exceptions if they are   */
95 /*    given well-formed operands, even if the value of the operands   */
96 /*    is inappropriate for the operation and DECCHECK is not set.     */
97 /*    (Except for SIGFPE, as and where documented.)		      */
98 /*								      */
99 /* 8. Subset arithmetic is available only if DECSUBSET is set to 1.   */
100 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
101 /* Implementation notes for maintenance of this module:		      */
102 /*								      */
103 /* 1. Storage leak protection:	Routines which use malloc are not     */
104 /*    permitted to use return for fastpath or error exits (i.e.,      */
105 /*    they follow strict structured programming conventions).	      */
106 /*    Instead they have a do{}while(0); construct surrounding the     */
107 /*    code which is protected -- break may be used to exit this.      */
108 /*    Other routines can safely use the return statement inline.      */
109 /*								      */
110 /*    Storage leak accounting can be enabled using DECALLOC.	      */
111 /*								      */
112 /* 2. All loops use the for(;;) construct.  Any do construct does     */
113 /*    not loop; it is for allocation protection as just described.    */
114 /*								      */
115 /* 3. Setting status in the context must always be the very last      */
116 /*    action in a routine, as non-0 status may raise a trap and hence */
117 /*    the call to set status may not return (if the handler uses long */
118 /*    jump).  Therefore all cleanup must be done first.	 In general,  */
119 /*    to achieve this status is accumulated and is only applied just  */
120 /*    before return by calling decContextSetStatus (via decStatus).   */
121 /*								      */
122 /*    Routines which allocate storage cannot, in general, use the     */
123 /*    'top level' routines which could cause a non-returning	      */
124 /*    transfer of control.  The decXxxxOp routines are safe (do not   */
125 /*    call decStatus even if traps are set in the context) and should */
126 /*    be used instead (they are also a little faster).		      */
127 /*								      */
128 /* 4. Exponent checking is minimized by allowing the exponent to      */
129 /*    grow outside its limits during calculations, provided that      */
130 /*    the decFinalize function is called later.	 Multiplication and   */
131 /*    division, and intermediate calculations in exponentiation,      */
132 /*    require more careful checks because of the risk of 31-bit	      */
133 /*    overflow (the most negative valid exponent is -1999999997, for  */
134 /*    a 999999999-digit number with adjusted exponent of -999999999). */
135 /*								      */
136 /* 5. Rounding is deferred until finalization of results, with any    */
137 /*    'off to the right' data being represented as a single digit     */
138 /*    residue (in the range -1 through 9).  This avoids any double-   */
139 /*    rounding when more than one shortening takes place (for	      */
140 /*    example, when a result is subnormal).			      */
141 /*								      */
142 /* 6. The digits count is allowed to rise to a multiple of DECDPUN    */
143 /*    during many operations, so whole Units are handled and exact    */
144 /*    accounting of digits is not needed.  The correct digits value   */
145 /*    is found by decGetDigits, which accounts for leading zeros.     */
146 /*    This must be called before any rounding if the number of digits */
147 /*    is not known exactly.					      */
148 /*								      */
149 /* 7. The multiply-by-reciprocal 'trick' is used for partitioning     */
150 /*    numbers up to four digits, using appropriate constants.  This   */
151 /*    is not useful for longer numbers because overflow of 32 bits    */
152 /*    would lead to 4 multiplies, which is almost as expensive as     */
153 /*    a divide (unless a floating-point or 64-bit multiply is	      */
154 /*    assumed to be available).					      */
155 /*								      */
156 /* 8. Unusual abbreviations that may be used in the commentary:	      */
157 /*	lhs -- left hand side (operand, of an operation)	      */
158 /*	lsd -- least significant digit (of coefficient)		      */
159 /*	lsu -- least significant Unit (of coefficient)		      */
160 /*	msd -- most significant digit (of coefficient)		      */
161 /*	msi -- most significant item (in an array)		      */
162 /*	msu -- most significant Unit (of coefficient)		      */
163 /*	rhs -- right hand side (operand, of an operation)	      */
164 /*	+ve -- positive						      */
165 /*	-ve -- negative						      */
166 /*	**  -- raise to the power				      */
167 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
168 
169 #include "qemu/osdep.h"
170 #include "libdecnumber/dconfig.h"
171 #include "libdecnumber/decNumber.h"
172 #include "libdecnumber/decNumberLocal.h"
173 
174 /* Constants */
175 /* Public lookup table used by the D2U macro */
176 const uByte d2utable[DECMAXD2U+1]=D2UTABLE;
177 
178 #define DECVERB	    1		   /* set to 1 for verbose DECCHECK */
179 #define powers	    DECPOWERS	   /* old internal name */
180 
181 /* Local constants */
182 #define DIVIDE	    0x80	   /* Divide operators */
183 #define REMAINDER   0x40	   /* .. */
184 #define DIVIDEINT   0x20	   /* .. */
185 #define REMNEAR	    0x10	   /* .. */
186 #define COMPARE	    0x01	   /* Compare operators */
187 #define COMPMAX	    0x02	   /* .. */
188 #define COMPMIN	    0x03	   /* .. */
189 #define COMPTOTAL   0x04	   /* .. */
190 #define COMPNAN	    0x05	   /* .. [NaN processing] */
191 #define COMPSIG	    0x06	   /* .. [signaling COMPARE] */
192 #define COMPMAXMAG  0x07	   /* .. */
193 #define COMPMINMAG  0x08	   /* .. */
194 
195 #define DEC_sNaN     0x40000000	   /* local status: sNaN signal */
196 #define BADINT	(Int)0x80000000	   /* most-negative Int; error indicator */
197 /* Next two indicate an integer >= 10**6, and its parity (bottom bit) */
198 #define BIGEVEN (Int)0x80000002
199 #define BIGODD	(Int)0x80000003
200 
201 static Unit uarrone[1]={1};   /* Unit array of 1, used for incrementing */
202 
203 /* Granularity-dependent code */
204 #if DECDPUN<=4
205   #define eInt	Int	      /* extended integer */
206   #define ueInt uInt	      /* unsigned extended integer */
207   /* Constant multipliers for divide-by-power-of five using reciprocal */
208   /* multiply, after removing powers of 2 by shifting, and final shift */
209   /* of 17 [we only need up to **4] */
210   static const uInt multies[]={131073, 26215, 5243, 1049, 210};
211   /* QUOT10 -- macro to return the quotient of unit u divided by 10**n */
212   #define QUOT10(u, n) ((((uInt)(u)>>(n))*multies[n])>>17)
213 #else
214   /* For DECDPUN>4 non-ANSI-89 64-bit types are needed. */
215   #if !DECUSE64
216     #error decNumber.c: DECUSE64 must be 1 when DECDPUN>4
217   #endif
218   #define eInt	Long	      /* extended integer */
219   #define ueInt uLong	      /* unsigned extended integer */
220 #endif
221 
222 /* Local routines */
223 static decNumber * decAddOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *,
224 			      decContext *, uByte, uInt *);
225 static Flag	   decBiStr(const char *, const char *, const char *);
226 static uInt	   decCheckMath(const decNumber *, decContext *, uInt *);
227 static void	   decApplyRound(decNumber *, decContext *, Int, uInt *);
228 static Int	   decCompare(const decNumber *lhs, const decNumber *rhs, Flag);
229 static decNumber * decCompareOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
230 			      const decNumber *, decContext *,
231 			      Flag, uInt *);
232 static void	   decCopyFit(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *,
233 			      Int *, uInt *);
234 static decNumber * decDecap(decNumber *, Int);
235 static decNumber * decDivideOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
236 			      const decNumber *, decContext *, Flag, uInt *);
237 static decNumber * decExpOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
238 			      decContext *, uInt *);
239 static void	   decFinalize(decNumber *, decContext *, Int *, uInt *);
240 static Int	   decGetDigits(Unit *, Int);
241 static Int	   decGetInt(const decNumber *);
242 static decNumber * decLnOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
243 			      decContext *, uInt *);
244 static decNumber * decMultiplyOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
245 			      const decNumber *, decContext *,
246 			      uInt *);
247 static decNumber * decNaNs(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
248 			      const decNumber *, decContext *, uInt *);
249 static decNumber * decQuantizeOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
250 			      const decNumber *, decContext *, Flag,
251 			      uInt *);
252 static void	   decReverse(Unit *, Unit *);
253 static void	   decSetCoeff(decNumber *, decContext *, const Unit *,
254 			      Int, Int *, uInt *);
255 static void	   decSetMaxValue(decNumber *, decContext *);
256 static void	   decSetOverflow(decNumber *, decContext *, uInt *);
257 static void	   decSetSubnormal(decNumber *, decContext *, Int *, uInt *);
258 static Int	   decShiftToLeast(Unit *, Int, Int);
259 static Int	   decShiftToMost(Unit *, Int, Int);
260 static void	   decStatus(decNumber *, uInt, decContext *);
261 static void	   decToString(const decNumber *, char[], Flag);
262 static decNumber * decTrim(decNumber *, decContext *, Flag, Int *);
263 static Int	   decUnitAddSub(const Unit *, Int, const Unit *, Int, Int,
264 			      Unit *, Int);
265 static Int	   decUnitCompare(const Unit *, Int, const Unit *, Int, Int);
266 
267 #if !DECSUBSET
268 /* decFinish == decFinalize when no subset arithmetic needed */
269 #define decFinish(a,b,c,d) decFinalize(a,b,c,d)
270 #else
271 static void	   decFinish(decNumber *, decContext *, Int *, uInt *);
272 static decNumber * decRoundOperand(const decNumber *, decContext *, uInt *);
273 #endif
274 
275 /* Local macros */
276 /* masked special-values bits */
277 #define SPECIALARG  (rhs->bits & DECSPECIAL)
278 #define SPECIALARGS ((lhs->bits | rhs->bits) & DECSPECIAL)
279 
280 /* Diagnostic macros, etc. */
281 #if DECALLOC
282 /* Handle malloc/free accounting.  If enabled, our accountable routines */
283 /* are used; otherwise the code just goes straight to the system malloc */
284 /* and free routines. */
285 #define malloc(a) decMalloc(a)
286 #define free(a) decFree(a)
287 #define DECFENCE 0x5a		   /* corruption detector */
288 /* 'Our' malloc and free: */
289 static void *decMalloc(size_t);
290 static void  decFree(void *);
291 uInt decAllocBytes=0;		   /* count of bytes allocated */
292 /* Note that DECALLOC code only checks for storage buffer overflow. */
293 /* To check for memory leaks, the decAllocBytes variable must be */
294 /* checked to be 0 at appropriate times (e.g., after the test */
295 /* harness completes a set of tests).  This checking may be unreliable */
296 /* if the testing is done in a multi-thread environment. */
297 #endif
298 
299 #if DECCHECK
300 /* Optional checking routines.	Enabling these means that decNumber */
301 /* and decContext operands to operator routines are checked for */
302 /* correctness.	 This roughly doubles the execution time of the */
303 /* fastest routines (and adds 600+ bytes), so should not normally be */
304 /* used in 'production'. */
305 /* decCheckInexact is used to check that inexact results have a full */
306 /* complement of digits (where appropriate -- this is not the case */
307 /* for Quantize, for example) */
308 #define DECUNRESU ((decNumber *)(void *)0xffffffff)
309 #define DECUNUSED ((const decNumber *)(void *)0xffffffff)
310 #define DECUNCONT ((decContext *)(void *)(0xffffffff))
311 static Flag decCheckOperands(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
312 			     const decNumber *, decContext *);
313 static Flag decCheckNumber(const decNumber *);
314 static void decCheckInexact(const decNumber *, decContext *);
315 #endif
316 
317 #if DECTRACE || DECCHECK
318 /* Optional trace/debugging routines (may or may not be used) */
319 void decNumberShow(const decNumber *);	/* displays the components of a number */
320 static void decDumpAr(char, const Unit *, Int);
321 #endif
322 
323 /* ================================================================== */
324 /* Conversions							      */
325 /* ================================================================== */
326 
327 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
328 /* from-int32 -- conversion from Int or uInt			      */
329 /*								      */
330 /*  dn is the decNumber to receive the integer			      */
331 /*  in or uin is the integer to be converted			      */
332 /*  returns dn							      */
333 /*								      */
334 /* No error is possible.					      */
335 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
336 decNumber * decNumberFromInt32(decNumber *dn, Int in) {
337   uInt unsig;
338   if (in>=0) unsig=in;
339    else {				/* negative (possibly BADINT) */
340     if (in==BADINT) unsig=(uInt)1073741824*2; /* special case */
341      else unsig=-in;			/* invert */
342     }
343   /* in is now positive */
344   decNumberFromUInt32(dn, unsig);
345   if (in<0) dn->bits=DECNEG;		/* sign needed */
346   return dn;
347   } /* decNumberFromInt32 */
348 
349 decNumber * decNumberFromUInt32(decNumber *dn, uInt uin) {
350   Unit *up;				/* work pointer */
351   decNumberZero(dn);			/* clean */
352   if (uin==0) return dn;		/* [or decGetDigits bad call] */
353   for (up=dn->lsu; uin>0; up++) {
354     *up=(Unit)(uin%(DECDPUNMAX+1));
355     uin=uin/(DECDPUNMAX+1);
356     }
357   dn->digits=decGetDigits(dn->lsu, up-dn->lsu);
358   return dn;
359   } /* decNumberFromUInt32 */
360 
361 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
362 /* to-int32 -- conversion to Int or uInt			      */
363 /*								      */
364 /*  dn is the decNumber to convert				      */
365 /*  set is the context for reporting errors			      */
366 /*  returns the converted decNumber, or 0 if Invalid is set	      */
367 /*								      */
368 /* Invalid is set if the decNumber does not have exponent==0 or if    */
369 /* it is a NaN, Infinite, or out-of-range.			      */
370 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
371 Int decNumberToInt32(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
372   #if DECCHECK
373   if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, DECUNUSED, dn, set)) return 0;
374   #endif
375 
376   /* special or too many digits, or bad exponent */
377   if (dn->bits&DECSPECIAL || dn->digits>10 || dn->exponent!=0) ; /* bad */
378    else { /* is a finite integer with 10 or fewer digits */
379     Int d;			   /* work */
380     const Unit *up;		   /* .. */
381     uInt hi=0, lo;		   /* .. */
382     up=dn->lsu;			   /* -> lsu */
383     lo=*up;			   /* get 1 to 9 digits */
384     #if DECDPUN>1		   /* split to higher */
385       hi=lo/10;
386       lo=lo%10;
387     #endif
388     up++;
389     /* collect remaining Units, if any, into hi */
390     for (d=DECDPUN; d<dn->digits; up++, d+=DECDPUN) hi+=*up*powers[d-1];
391     /* now low has the lsd, hi the remainder */
392     if (hi>214748364 || (hi==214748364 && lo>7)) { /* out of range? */
393       /* most-negative is a reprieve */
394       if (dn->bits&DECNEG && hi==214748364 && lo==8) return 0x80000000;
395       /* bad -- drop through */
396       }
397      else { /* in-range always */
398       Int i=X10(hi)+lo;
399       if (dn->bits&DECNEG) return -i;
400       return i;
401       }
402     } /* integer */
403   decContextSetStatus(set, DEC_Invalid_operation); /* [may not return] */
404   return 0;
405   } /* decNumberToInt32 */
406 
407 uInt decNumberToUInt32(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
408   #if DECCHECK
409   if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, DECUNUSED, dn, set)) return 0;
410   #endif
411   /* special or too many digits, or bad exponent, or negative (<0) */
412   if (dn->bits&DECSPECIAL || dn->digits>10 || dn->exponent!=0
413     || (dn->bits&DECNEG && !ISZERO(dn)));		    /* bad */
414    else { /* is a finite integer with 10 or fewer digits */
415     Int d;			   /* work */
416     const Unit *up;		   /* .. */
417     uInt hi=0, lo;		   /* .. */
418     up=dn->lsu;			   /* -> lsu */
419     lo=*up;			   /* get 1 to 9 digits */
420     #if DECDPUN>1		   /* split to higher */
421       hi=lo/10;
422       lo=lo%10;
423     #endif
424     up++;
425     /* collect remaining Units, if any, into hi */
426     for (d=DECDPUN; d<dn->digits; up++, d+=DECDPUN) hi+=*up*powers[d-1];
427 
428     /* now low has the lsd, hi the remainder */
429     if (hi>429496729 || (hi==429496729 && lo>5)) ; /* no reprieve possible */
430      else return X10(hi)+lo;
431     } /* integer */
432   decContextSetStatus(set, DEC_Invalid_operation); /* [may not return] */
433   return 0;
434   } /* decNumberToUInt32 */
435 
436 decNumber *decNumberFromInt64(decNumber *dn, int64_t in)
437 {
438     uint64_t unsig = in;
439     if (in < 0) {
440         unsig = -unsig;
441     }
442 
443     decNumberFromUInt64(dn, unsig);
444     if (in < 0) {
445         dn->bits = DECNEG;        /* sign needed */
446     }
447     return dn;
448 } /* decNumberFromInt64 */
449 
450 decNumber *decNumberFromUInt64(decNumber *dn, uint64_t uin)
451 {
452     Unit *up;                             /* work pointer */
453     decNumberZero(dn);                    /* clean */
454     if (uin == 0) {
455         return dn;                /* [or decGetDigits bad call] */
456     }
457     for (up = dn->lsu; uin > 0; up++) {
458         *up = (Unit)(uin % (DECDPUNMAX + 1));
459         uin = uin / (DECDPUNMAX + 1);
460     }
461     dn->digits = decGetDigits(dn->lsu, up-dn->lsu);
462     return dn;
463 } /* decNumberFromUInt64 */
464 
465 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
466 /* to-int64 -- conversion to int64                                    */
467 /*                                                                    */
468 /*  dn is the decNumber to convert.  dn is assumed to have been       */
469 /*    rounded to a floating point integer value.                      */
470 /*  set is the context for reporting errors                           */
471 /*  returns the converted decNumber, or 0 if Invalid is set           */
472 /*                                                                    */
473 /* Invalid is set if the decNumber is a NaN, Infinite or is out of    */
474 /* range for a signed 64 bit integer.                                 */
475 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
476 
477 int64_t decNumberIntegralToInt64(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set)
478 {
479     if (decNumberIsSpecial(dn) || (dn->exponent < 0) ||
480        (dn->digits + dn->exponent > 19)) {
481         goto Invalid;
482     } else {
483         int64_t d;        /* work */
484         const Unit *up;   /* .. */
485         uint64_t hi = 0;
486         up = dn->lsu;     /* -> lsu */
487 
488         for (d = 1; d <= dn->digits; up++, d += DECDPUN) {
489             uint64_t prev = hi;
490             hi += *up * powers[d-1];
491             if ((hi < prev) || (hi > INT64_MAX)) {
492                 goto Invalid;
493             }
494         }
495 
496         uint64_t prev = hi;
497         hi *= (uint64_t)powers[dn->exponent];
498         if ((hi < prev) || (hi > INT64_MAX)) {
499             goto Invalid;
500         }
501         return (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) ? -((int64_t)hi) : (int64_t)hi;
502     }
503 
504 Invalid:
505     decContextSetStatus(set, DEC_Invalid_operation);
506     return 0;
507 } /* decNumberIntegralToInt64 */
508 
509 
510 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
511 /* to-scientific-string -- conversion to numeric string		      */
512 /* to-engineering-string -- conversion to numeric string	      */
513 /*								      */
514 /*   decNumberToString(dn, string);				      */
515 /*   decNumberToEngString(dn, string);				      */
516 /*								      */
517 /*  dn is the decNumber to convert				      */
518 /*  string is the string where the result will be laid out	      */
519 /*								      */
520 /*  string must be at least dn->digits+14 characters long	      */
521 /*								      */
522 /*  No error is possible, and no status can be set.		      */
523 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
524 char * decNumberToString(const decNumber *dn, char *string){
525   decToString(dn, string, 0);
526   return string;
527   } /* DecNumberToString */
528 
529 char * decNumberToEngString(const decNumber *dn, char *string){
530   decToString(dn, string, 1);
531   return string;
532   } /* DecNumberToEngString */
533 
534 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
535 /* to-number -- conversion from numeric string			      */
536 /*								      */
537 /* decNumberFromString -- convert string to decNumber		      */
538 /*   dn	       -- the number structure to fill			      */
539 /*   chars[]   -- the string to convert ('\0' terminated)	      */
540 /*   set       -- the context used for processing any error,	      */
541 /*		  determining the maximum precision available	      */
542 /*		  (set.digits), determining the maximum and minimum   */
543 /*		  exponent (set.emax and set.emin), determining if    */
544 /*		  extended values are allowed, and checking the	      */
545 /*		  rounding mode if overflow occurs or rounding is     */
546 /*		  needed.					      */
547 /*								      */
548 /* The length of the coefficient and the size of the exponent are     */
549 /* checked by this routine, so the correct error (Underflow or	      */
550 /* Overflow) can be reported or rounding applied, as necessary.	      */
551 /*								      */
552 /* If bad syntax is detected, the result will be a quiet NaN.	      */
553 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
554 decNumber * decNumberFromString(decNumber *dn, const char chars[],
555 				decContext *set) {
556   Int	exponent=0;		   /* working exponent [assume 0] */
557   uByte bits=0;			   /* working flags [assume +ve] */
558   Unit	*res;			   /* where result will be built */
559   Unit	resbuff[SD2U(DECBUFFER+9)];/* local buffer in case need temporary */
560 				   /* [+9 allows for ln() constants] */
561   Unit	*allocres=NULL;		   /* -> allocated result, iff allocated */
562   Int	d=0;			   /* count of digits found in decimal part */
563   const char *dotchar=NULL;	   /* where dot was found */
564   const char *cfirst=chars;	   /* -> first character of decimal part */
565   const char *last=NULL;	   /* -> last digit of decimal part */
566   const char *c;		   /* work */
567   Unit	*up;			   /* .. */
568   #if DECDPUN>1
569   Int	cut, out;		   /* .. */
570   #endif
571   Int	residue;		   /* rounding residue */
572   uInt	status=0;		   /* error code */
573 
574   #if DECCHECK
575   if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, DECUNUSED, DECUNUSED, set))
576     return decNumberZero(dn);
577   #endif
578 
579   do {				   /* status & malloc protection */
580     for (c=chars;; c++) {	   /* -> input character */
581       if (*c>='0' && *c<='9') {	   /* test for Arabic digit */
582 	last=c;
583 	d++;			   /* count of real digits */
584 	continue;		   /* still in decimal part */
585 	}
586       if (*c=='.' && dotchar==NULL) { /* first '.' */
587 	dotchar=c;		   /* record offset into decimal part */
588 	if (c==cfirst) cfirst++;   /* first digit must follow */
589 	continue;}
590       if (c==chars) {		   /* first in string... */
591 	if (*c=='-') {		   /* valid - sign */
592 	  cfirst++;
593 	  bits=DECNEG;
594 	  continue;}
595 	if (*c=='+') {		   /* valid + sign */
596 	  cfirst++;
597 	  continue;}
598 	}
599       /* *c is not a digit, or a valid +, -, or '.' */
600       break;
601       } /* c */
602 
603     if (last==NULL) {		   /* no digits yet */
604       status=DEC_Conversion_syntax;/* assume the worst */
605       if (*c=='\0') break;	   /* and no more to come... */
606       #if DECSUBSET
607       /* if subset then infinities and NaNs are not allowed */
608       if (!set->extended) break;   /* hopeless */
609       #endif
610       /* Infinities and NaNs are possible, here */
611       if (dotchar!=NULL) break;	   /* .. unless had a dot */
612       decNumberZero(dn);	   /* be optimistic */
613       if (decBiStr(c, "infinity", "INFINITY")
614        || decBiStr(c, "inf", "INF")) {
615 	dn->bits=bits | DECINF;
616 	status=0;		   /* is OK */
617 	break; /* all done */
618 	}
619       /* a NaN expected */
620       /* 2003.09.10 NaNs are now permitted to have a sign */
621       dn->bits=bits | DECNAN;	   /* assume simple NaN */
622       if (*c=='s' || *c=='S') {	   /* looks like an sNaN */
623 	c++;
624 	dn->bits=bits | DECSNAN;
625 	}
626       if (*c!='n' && *c!='N') break;	/* check caseless "NaN" */
627       c++;
628       if (*c!='a' && *c!='A') break;	/* .. */
629       c++;
630       if (*c!='n' && *c!='N') break;	/* .. */
631       c++;
632       /* now either nothing, or nnnn payload, expected */
633       /* -> start of integer and skip leading 0s [including plain 0] */
634       for (cfirst=c; *cfirst=='0';) cfirst++;
635       if (*cfirst=='\0') {	   /* "NaN" or "sNaN", maybe with all 0s */
636 	status=0;		   /* it's good */
637 	break;			   /* .. */
638 	}
639       /* something other than 0s; setup last and d as usual [no dots] */
640       for (c=cfirst;; c++, d++) {
641 	if (*c<'0' || *c>'9') break; /* test for Arabic digit */
642 	last=c;
643 	}
644       if (*c!='\0') break;	   /* not all digits */
645       if (d>set->digits-1) {
646 	/* [NB: payload in a decNumber can be full length unless */
647 	/* clamped, in which case can only be digits-1] */
648 	if (set->clamp) break;
649 	if (d>set->digits) break;
650 	} /* too many digits? */
651       /* good; drop through to convert the integer to coefficient */
652       status=0;			   /* syntax is OK */
653       bits=dn->bits;		   /* for copy-back */
654       } /* last==NULL */
655 
656      else if (*c!='\0') {	   /* more to process... */
657       /* had some digits; exponent is only valid sequence now */
658       Flag nege;		   /* 1=negative exponent */
659       const char *firstexp;	   /* -> first significant exponent digit */
660       status=DEC_Conversion_syntax;/* assume the worst */
661       if (*c!='e' && *c!='E') break;
662       /* Found 'e' or 'E' -- now process explicit exponent */
663       /* 1998.07.11: sign no longer required */
664       nege=0;
665       c++;			   /* to (possible) sign */
666       if (*c=='-') {nege=1; c++;}
667        else if (*c=='+') c++;
668       if (*c=='\0') break;
669 
670       for (; *c=='0' && *(c+1)!='\0';) c++;  /* strip insignificant zeros */
671       firstexp=c;			     /* save exponent digit place */
672       for (; ;c++) {
673 	if (*c<'0' || *c>'9') break;	     /* not a digit */
674 	exponent=X10(exponent)+(Int)*c-(Int)'0';
675 	} /* c */
676       /* if not now on a '\0', *c must not be a digit */
677       if (*c!='\0') break;
678 
679       /* (this next test must be after the syntax checks) */
680       /* if it was too long the exponent may have wrapped, so check */
681       /* carefully and set it to a certain overflow if wrap possible */
682       if (c>=firstexp+9+1) {
683 	if (c>firstexp+9+1 || *firstexp>'1') exponent=DECNUMMAXE*2;
684 	/* [up to 1999999999 is OK, for example 1E-1000000998] */
685 	}
686       if (nege) exponent=-exponent;	/* was negative */
687       status=0;				/* is OK */
688       } /* stuff after digits */
689 
690     /* Here when whole string has been inspected; syntax is good */
691     /* cfirst->first digit (never dot), last->last digit (ditto) */
692 
693     /* strip leading zeros/dot [leave final 0 if all 0's] */
694     if (*cfirst=='0') {			/* [cfirst has stepped over .] */
695       for (c=cfirst; c<last; c++, cfirst++) {
696 	if (*c=='.') continue;		/* ignore dots */
697 	if (*c!='0') break;		/* non-zero found */
698 	d--;				/* 0 stripped */
699 	} /* c */
700       #if DECSUBSET
701       /* make a rapid exit for easy zeros if !extended */
702       if (*cfirst=='0' && !set->extended) {
703 	decNumberZero(dn);		/* clean result */
704 	break;				/* [could be return] */
705 	}
706       #endif
707       } /* at least one leading 0 */
708 
709     /* Handle decimal point... */
710     if (dotchar!=NULL && dotchar<last)	/* non-trailing '.' found? */
711       exponent-=(last-dotchar);		/* adjust exponent */
712     /* [we can now ignore the .] */
713 
714     /* OK, the digits string is good.  Assemble in the decNumber, or in */
715     /* a temporary units array if rounding is needed */
716     if (d<=set->digits) res=dn->lsu;	/* fits into supplied decNumber */
717      else {				/* rounding needed */
718       Int needbytes=D2U(d)*sizeof(Unit);/* bytes needed */
719       res=resbuff;			/* assume use local buffer */
720       if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(resbuff)) { /* too big for local */
721 	allocres=(Unit *)malloc(needbytes);
722 	if (allocres==NULL) {status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage; break;}
723 	res=allocres;
724 	}
725       }
726     /* res now -> number lsu, buffer, or allocated storage for Unit array */
727 
728     /* Place the coefficient into the selected Unit array */
729     /* [this is often 70% of the cost of this function when DECDPUN>1] */
730     #if DECDPUN>1
731     out=0;			   /* accumulator */
732     up=res+D2U(d)-1;		   /* -> msu */
733     cut=d-(up-res)*DECDPUN;	   /* digits in top unit */
734     for (c=cfirst;; c++) {	   /* along the digits */
735       if (*c=='.') continue;	   /* ignore '.' [don't decrement cut] */
736       out=X10(out)+(Int)*c-(Int)'0';
737       if (c==last) break;	   /* done [never get to trailing '.'] */
738       cut--;
739       if (cut>0) continue;	   /* more for this unit */
740       *up=(Unit)out;		   /* write unit */
741       up--;			   /* prepare for unit below.. */
742       cut=DECDPUN;		   /* .. */
743       out=0;			   /* .. */
744       } /* c */
745     *up=(Unit)out;		   /* write lsu */
746 
747     #else
748     /* DECDPUN==1 */
749     up=res;			   /* -> lsu */
750     for (c=last; c>=cfirst; c--) { /* over each character, from least */
751       if (*c=='.') continue;	   /* ignore . [don't step up] */
752       *up=(Unit)((Int)*c-(Int)'0');
753       up++;
754       } /* c */
755     #endif
756 
757     dn->bits=bits;
758     dn->exponent=exponent;
759     dn->digits=d;
760 
761     /* if not in number (too long) shorten into the number */
762     if (d>set->digits) {
763       residue=0;
764       decSetCoeff(dn, set, res, d, &residue, &status);
765       /* always check for overflow or subnormal and round as needed */
766       decFinalize(dn, set, &residue, &status);
767       }
768      else { /* no rounding, but may still have overflow or subnormal */
769       /* [these tests are just for performance; finalize repeats them] */
770       if ((dn->exponent-1<set->emin-dn->digits)
771        || (dn->exponent-1>set->emax-set->digits)) {
772 	residue=0;
773 	decFinalize(dn, set, &residue, &status);
774 	}
775       }
776     /* decNumberShow(dn); */
777     } while(0);				/* [for break] */
778 
779   if (allocres!=NULL) free(allocres);	/* drop any storage used */
780   if (status!=0) decStatus(dn, status, set);
781   return dn;
782   } /* decNumberFromString */
783 
784 /* ================================================================== */
785 /* Operators							      */
786 /* ================================================================== */
787 
788 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
789 /* decNumberAbs -- absolute value operator			      */
790 /*								      */
791 /*   This computes C = abs(A)					      */
792 /*								      */
793 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
794 /*   rhs is A							      */
795 /*   set is the context						      */
796 /*								      */
797 /* See also decNumberCopyAbs for a quiet bitwise version of this.     */
798 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
799 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
800 /* This has the same effect as decNumberPlus unless A is negative,    */
801 /* in which case it has the same effect as decNumberMinus.	      */
802 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
803 decNumber * decNumberAbs(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
804 			 decContext *set) {
805   decNumber dzero;			/* for 0 */
806   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
807 
808   #if DECCHECK
809   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
810   #endif
811 
812   decNumberZero(&dzero);		/* set 0 */
813   dzero.exponent=rhs->exponent;		/* [no coefficient expansion] */
814   decAddOp(res, &dzero, rhs, set, (uByte)(rhs->bits & DECNEG), &status);
815   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
816   #if DECCHECK
817   decCheckInexact(res, set);
818   #endif
819   return res;
820   } /* decNumberAbs */
821 
822 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
823 /* decNumberAdd -- add two Numbers				      */
824 /*								      */
825 /*   This computes C = A + B					      */
826 /*								      */
827 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X+X)	      */
828 /*   lhs is A							      */
829 /*   rhs is B							      */
830 /*   set is the context						      */
831 /*								      */
832 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
833 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
834 /* This just calls the routine shared with Subtract		      */
835 decNumber * decNumberAdd(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
836 			 const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
837   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
838   decAddOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, 0, &status);
839   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
840   #if DECCHECK
841   decCheckInexact(res, set);
842   #endif
843   return res;
844   } /* decNumberAdd */
845 
846 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
847 /* decNumberAnd -- AND two Numbers, digitwise			      */
848 /*								      */
849 /*   This computes C = A & B					      */
850 /*								      */
851 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X&X)	      */
852 /*   lhs is A							      */
853 /*   rhs is B							      */
854 /*   set is the context (used for result length and error report)     */
855 /*								      */
856 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
857 /*								      */
858 /* Logical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is	      */
859 /* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated.      */
860 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
861 decNumber * decNumberAnd(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
862 			 const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
863   const Unit *ua, *ub;			/* -> operands */
864   const Unit *msua, *msub;		/* -> operand msus */
865   Unit *uc,  *msuc;			/* -> result and its msu */
866   Int	msudigs;			/* digits in res msu */
867   #if DECCHECK
868   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
869   #endif
870 
871   if (lhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(lhs) || decNumberIsNegative(lhs)
872    || rhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(rhs) || decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
873     decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
874     return res;
875     }
876 
877   /* operands are valid */
878   ua=lhs->lsu;				/* bottom-up */
879   ub=rhs->lsu;				/* .. */
880   uc=res->lsu;				/* .. */
881   msua=ua+D2U(lhs->digits)-1;		/* -> msu of lhs */
882   msub=ub+D2U(rhs->digits)-1;		/* -> msu of rhs */
883   msuc=uc+D2U(set->digits)-1;		/* -> msu of result */
884   msudigs=MSUDIGITS(set->digits);	/* [faster than remainder] */
885   for (; uc<=msuc; ua++, ub++, uc++) {	/* Unit loop */
886     Unit a, b;				/* extract units */
887     if (ua>msua) a=0;
888      else a=*ua;
889     if (ub>msub) b=0;
890      else b=*ub;
891     *uc=0;				/* can now write back */
892     if (a|b) {				/* maybe 1 bits to examine */
893       Int i, j;
894       *uc=0;				/* can now write back */
895       /* This loop could be unrolled and/or use BIN2BCD tables */
896       for (i=0; i<DECDPUN; i++) {
897 	if (a&b&1) *uc=*uc+(Unit)powers[i];  /* effect AND */
898 	j=a%10;
899 	a=a/10;
900 	j|=b%10;
901 	b=b/10;
902 	if (j>1) {
903 	  decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
904 	  return res;
905 	  }
906 	if (uc==msuc && i==msudigs-1) break; /* just did final digit */
907 	} /* each digit */
908       } /* both OK */
909     } /* each unit */
910   /* [here uc-1 is the msu of the result] */
911   res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, uc-res->lsu);
912   res->exponent=0;			/* integer */
913   res->bits=0;				/* sign=0 */
914   return res;  /* [no status to set] */
915   } /* decNumberAnd */
916 
917 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
918 /* decNumberCompare -- compare two Numbers			      */
919 /*								      */
920 /*   This computes C = A ? B					      */
921 /*								      */
922 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X)	      */
923 /*   lhs is A							      */
924 /*   rhs is B							      */
925 /*   set is the context						      */
926 /*								      */
927 /* C must have space for one digit (or NaN).			      */
928 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
929 decNumber * decNumberCompare(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
930 			     const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
931   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
932   decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPARE, &status);
933   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
934   return res;
935   } /* decNumberCompare */
936 
937 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
938 /* decNumberCompareSignal -- compare, signalling on all NaNs	      */
939 /*								      */
940 /*   This computes C = A ? B					      */
941 /*								      */
942 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X)	      */
943 /*   lhs is A							      */
944 /*   rhs is B							      */
945 /*   set is the context						      */
946 /*								      */
947 /* C must have space for one digit (or NaN).			      */
948 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
949 decNumber * decNumberCompareSignal(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
950 				   const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
951   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
952   decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPSIG, &status);
953   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
954   return res;
955   } /* decNumberCompareSignal */
956 
957 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
958 /* decNumberCompareTotal -- compare two Numbers, using total ordering */
959 /*								      */
960 /*   This computes C = A ? B, under total ordering		      */
961 /*								      */
962 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X)	      */
963 /*   lhs is A							      */
964 /*   rhs is B							      */
965 /*   set is the context						      */
966 /*								      */
967 /* C must have space for one digit; the result will always be one of  */
968 /* -1, 0, or 1.							      */
969 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
970 decNumber * decNumberCompareTotal(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
971 				  const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
972   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
973   decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPTOTAL, &status);
974   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
975   return res;
976   } /* decNumberCompareTotal */
977 
978 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
979 /* decNumberCompareTotalMag -- compare, total ordering of magnitudes  */
980 /*								      */
981 /*   This computes C = |A| ? |B|, under total ordering		      */
982 /*								      */
983 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X)	      */
984 /*   lhs is A							      */
985 /*   rhs is B							      */
986 /*   set is the context						      */
987 /*								      */
988 /* C must have space for one digit; the result will always be one of  */
989 /* -1, 0, or 1.							      */
990 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
991 decNumber * decNumberCompareTotalMag(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
992 				     const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
993   uInt status=0;		   /* accumulator */
994   uInt needbytes;		   /* for space calculations */
995   decNumber bufa[D2N(DECBUFFER+1)];/* +1 in case DECBUFFER=0 */
996   decNumber *allocbufa=NULL;	   /* -> allocated bufa, iff allocated */
997   decNumber bufb[D2N(DECBUFFER+1)];
998   decNumber *allocbufb=NULL;	   /* -> allocated bufb, iff allocated */
999   decNumber *a, *b;		   /* temporary pointers */
1000 
1001   #if DECCHECK
1002   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
1003   #endif
1004 
1005   do {					/* protect allocated storage */
1006     /* if either is negative, take a copy and absolute */
1007     if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs)) {	/* lhs<0 */
1008       a=bufa;
1009       needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(lhs->digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
1010       if (needbytes>sizeof(bufa)) {	/* need malloc space */
1011 	allocbufa=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
1012 	if (allocbufa==NULL) {		/* hopeless -- abandon */
1013 	  status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
1014 	  break;}
1015 	a=allocbufa;			/* use the allocated space */
1016 	}
1017       decNumberCopy(a, lhs);		/* copy content */
1018       a->bits&=~DECNEG;			/* .. and clear the sign */
1019       lhs=a;				/* use copy from here on */
1020       }
1021     if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {	/* rhs<0 */
1022       b=bufb;
1023       needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(rhs->digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
1024       if (needbytes>sizeof(bufb)) {	/* need malloc space */
1025 	allocbufb=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
1026 	if (allocbufb==NULL) {		/* hopeless -- abandon */
1027 	  status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
1028 	  break;}
1029 	b=allocbufb;			/* use the allocated space */
1030 	}
1031       decNumberCopy(b, rhs);		/* copy content */
1032       b->bits&=~DECNEG;			/* .. and clear the sign */
1033       rhs=b;				/* use copy from here on */
1034       }
1035     decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPTOTAL, &status);
1036     } while(0);				/* end protected */
1037 
1038   if (allocbufa!=NULL) free(allocbufa); /* drop any storage used */
1039   if (allocbufb!=NULL) free(allocbufb); /* .. */
1040   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1041   return res;
1042   } /* decNumberCompareTotalMag */
1043 
1044 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1045 /* decNumberDivide -- divide one number by another		      */
1046 /*								      */
1047 /*   This computes C = A / B					      */
1048 /*								      */
1049 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X/X)	      */
1050 /*   lhs is A							      */
1051 /*   rhs is B							      */
1052 /*   set is the context						      */
1053 /*								      */
1054 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1055 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1056 decNumber * decNumberDivide(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
1057 			    const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
1058   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
1059   decDivideOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, DIVIDE, &status);
1060   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1061   #if DECCHECK
1062   decCheckInexact(res, set);
1063   #endif
1064   return res;
1065   } /* decNumberDivide */
1066 
1067 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1068 /* decNumberDivideInteger -- divide and return integer quotient	      */
1069 /*								      */
1070 /*   This computes C = A # B, where # is the integer divide operator  */
1071 /*								      */
1072 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X#X)	      */
1073 /*   lhs is A							      */
1074 /*   rhs is B							      */
1075 /*   set is the context						      */
1076 /*								      */
1077 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1078 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1079 decNumber * decNumberDivideInteger(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
1080 				   const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
1081   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
1082   decDivideOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, DIVIDEINT, &status);
1083   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1084   return res;
1085   } /* decNumberDivideInteger */
1086 
1087 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1088 /* decNumberExp -- exponentiation				      */
1089 /*								      */
1090 /*   This computes C = exp(A)					      */
1091 /*								      */
1092 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
1093 /*   rhs is A							      */
1094 /*   set is the context; note that rounding mode has no effect	      */
1095 /*								      */
1096 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1097 /*								      */
1098 /* Mathematical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is     */
1099 /* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated.      */
1100 /*								      */
1101 /* Finite results will always be full precision and Inexact, except   */
1102 /* when A is a zero or -Infinity (giving 1 or 0 respectively).	      */
1103 /*								      */
1104 /* An Inexact result is rounded using DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; it will    */
1105 /* almost always be correctly rounded, but may be up to 1 ulp in      */
1106 /* error in rare cases.						      */
1107 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1108 /* This is a wrapper for decExpOp which can handle the slightly wider */
1109 /* (double) range needed by Ln (which has to be able to calculate     */
1110 /* exp(-a) where a can be the tiniest number (Ntiny).		      */
1111 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1112 decNumber * decNumberExp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
1113 			 decContext *set) {
1114   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
1115   #if DECSUBSET
1116   decNumber *allocrhs=NULL;	   /* non-NULL if rounded rhs allocated */
1117   #endif
1118 
1119   #if DECCHECK
1120   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
1121   #endif
1122 
1123   /* Check restrictions; these restrictions ensure that if h=8 (see */
1124   /* decExpOp) then the result will either overflow or underflow to 0. */
1125   /* Other math functions restrict the input range, too, for inverses. */
1126   /* If not violated then carry out the operation. */
1127   if (!decCheckMath(rhs, set, &status)) do { /* protect allocation */
1128     #if DECSUBSET
1129     if (!set->extended) {
1130       /* reduce operand and set lostDigits status, as needed */
1131       if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
1132 	allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, &status);
1133 	if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
1134 	rhs=allocrhs;
1135 	}
1136       }
1137     #endif
1138     decExpOp(res, rhs, set, &status);
1139     } while(0);				/* end protected */
1140 
1141   #if DECSUBSET
1142   if (allocrhs !=NULL) free(allocrhs);	/* drop any storage used */
1143   #endif
1144   /* apply significant status */
1145   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1146   #if DECCHECK
1147   decCheckInexact(res, set);
1148   #endif
1149   return res;
1150   } /* decNumberExp */
1151 
1152 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1153 /* decNumberFMA -- fused multiply add				      */
1154 /*								      */
1155 /*   This computes D = (A * B) + C with only one rounding	      */
1156 /*								      */
1157 /*   res is D, the result.  D may be A or B or C (e.g., X=FMA(X,X,X)) */
1158 /*   lhs is A							      */
1159 /*   rhs is B							      */
1160 /*   fhs is C [far hand side]					      */
1161 /*   set is the context						      */
1162 /*								      */
1163 /* Mathematical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is     */
1164 /* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated.      */
1165 /*								      */
1166 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1167 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1168 decNumber * decNumberFMA(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
1169 			 const decNumber *rhs, const decNumber *fhs,
1170 			 decContext *set) {
1171   uInt status=0;		   /* accumulator */
1172   decContext dcmul;		   /* context for the multiplication */
1173   uInt needbytes;		   /* for space calculations */
1174   decNumber bufa[D2N(DECBUFFER*2+1)];
1175   decNumber *allocbufa=NULL;	   /* -> allocated bufa, iff allocated */
1176   decNumber *acc;		   /* accumulator pointer */
1177   decNumber dzero;		   /* work */
1178 
1179   #if DECCHECK
1180   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
1181   if (decCheckOperands(res, fhs, DECUNUSED, set)) return res;
1182   #endif
1183 
1184   do {					/* protect allocated storage */
1185     #if DECSUBSET
1186     if (!set->extended) {		/* [undefined if subset] */
1187       status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
1188       break;}
1189     #endif
1190     /* Check math restrictions [these ensure no overflow or underflow] */
1191     if ((!decNumberIsSpecial(lhs) && decCheckMath(lhs, set, &status))
1192      || (!decNumberIsSpecial(rhs) && decCheckMath(rhs, set, &status))
1193      || (!decNumberIsSpecial(fhs) && decCheckMath(fhs, set, &status))) break;
1194     /* set up context for multiply */
1195     dcmul=*set;
1196     dcmul.digits=lhs->digits+rhs->digits; /* just enough */
1197     /* [The above may be an over-estimate for subset arithmetic, but that's OK] */
1198     dcmul.emax=DEC_MAX_EMAX;		/* effectively unbounded .. */
1199     dcmul.emin=DEC_MIN_EMIN;		/* [thanks to Math restrictions] */
1200     /* set up decNumber space to receive the result of the multiply */
1201     acc=bufa;				/* may fit */
1202     needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(dcmul.digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
1203     if (needbytes>sizeof(bufa)) {	/* need malloc space */
1204       allocbufa=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
1205       if (allocbufa==NULL) {		/* hopeless -- abandon */
1206 	status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
1207 	break;}
1208       acc=allocbufa;			/* use the allocated space */
1209       }
1210     /* multiply with extended range and necessary precision */
1211     /*printf("emin=%ld\n", dcmul.emin); */
1212     decMultiplyOp(acc, lhs, rhs, &dcmul, &status);
1213     /* Only Invalid operation (from sNaN or Inf * 0) is possible in */
1214     /* status; if either is seen than ignore fhs (in case it is */
1215     /* another sNaN) and set acc to NaN unless we had an sNaN */
1216     /* [decMultiplyOp leaves that to caller] */
1217     /* Note sNaN has to go through addOp to shorten payload if */
1218     /* necessary */
1219     if ((status&DEC_Invalid_operation)!=0) {
1220       if (!(status&DEC_sNaN)) {		/* but be true invalid */
1221 	decNumberZero(res);		/* acc not yet set */
1222 	res->bits=DECNAN;
1223 	break;
1224 	}
1225       decNumberZero(&dzero);		/* make 0 (any non-NaN would do) */
1226       fhs=&dzero;			/* use that */
1227       }
1228     #if DECCHECK
1229      else { /* multiply was OK */
1230       if (status!=0) printf("Status=%08lx after FMA multiply\n", status);
1231       }
1232     #endif
1233     /* add the third operand and result -> res, and all is done */
1234     decAddOp(res, acc, fhs, set, 0, &status);
1235     } while(0);				/* end protected */
1236 
1237   if (allocbufa!=NULL) free(allocbufa); /* drop any storage used */
1238   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1239   #if DECCHECK
1240   decCheckInexact(res, set);
1241   #endif
1242   return res;
1243   } /* decNumberFMA */
1244 
1245 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1246 /* decNumberInvert -- invert a Number, digitwise		      */
1247 /*								      */
1248 /*   This computes C = ~A					      */
1249 /*								      */
1250 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A (e.g., X=~X)		      */
1251 /*   rhs is A							      */
1252 /*   set is the context (used for result length and error report)     */
1253 /*								      */
1254 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1255 /*								      */
1256 /* Logical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is	      */
1257 /* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated.      */
1258 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1259 decNumber * decNumberInvert(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
1260 			    decContext *set) {
1261   const Unit *ua, *msua;		/* -> operand and its msu */
1262   Unit	*uc, *msuc;			/* -> result and its msu */
1263   Int	msudigs;			/* digits in res msu */
1264   #if DECCHECK
1265   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
1266   #endif
1267 
1268   if (rhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(rhs) || decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
1269     decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
1270     return res;
1271     }
1272   /* operand is valid */
1273   ua=rhs->lsu;				/* bottom-up */
1274   uc=res->lsu;				/* .. */
1275   msua=ua+D2U(rhs->digits)-1;		/* -> msu of rhs */
1276   msuc=uc+D2U(set->digits)-1;		/* -> msu of result */
1277   msudigs=MSUDIGITS(set->digits);	/* [faster than remainder] */
1278   for (; uc<=msuc; ua++, uc++) {	/* Unit loop */
1279     Unit a;				/* extract unit */
1280     Int	 i, j;				/* work */
1281     if (ua>msua) a=0;
1282      else a=*ua;
1283     *uc=0;				/* can now write back */
1284     /* always need to examine all bits in rhs */
1285     /* This loop could be unrolled and/or use BIN2BCD tables */
1286     for (i=0; i<DECDPUN; i++) {
1287       if ((~a)&1) *uc=*uc+(Unit)powers[i];   /* effect INVERT */
1288       j=a%10;
1289       a=a/10;
1290       if (j>1) {
1291 	decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
1292 	return res;
1293 	}
1294       if (uc==msuc && i==msudigs-1) break;   /* just did final digit */
1295       } /* each digit */
1296     } /* each unit */
1297   /* [here uc-1 is the msu of the result] */
1298   res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, uc-res->lsu);
1299   res->exponent=0;			/* integer */
1300   res->bits=0;				/* sign=0 */
1301   return res;  /* [no status to set] */
1302   } /* decNumberInvert */
1303 
1304 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1305 /* decNumberLn -- natural logarithm				      */
1306 /*								      */
1307 /*   This computes C = ln(A)					      */
1308 /*								      */
1309 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
1310 /*   rhs is A							      */
1311 /*   set is the context; note that rounding mode has no effect	      */
1312 /*								      */
1313 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1314 /*								      */
1315 /* Notable cases:						      */
1316 /*   A<0 -> Invalid						      */
1317 /*   A=0 -> -Infinity (Exact)					      */
1318 /*   A=+Infinity -> +Infinity (Exact)				      */
1319 /*   A=1 exactly -> 0 (Exact)					      */
1320 /*								      */
1321 /* Mathematical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is     */
1322 /* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated.      */
1323 /*								      */
1324 /* An Inexact result is rounded using DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; it will    */
1325 /* almost always be correctly rounded, but may be up to 1 ulp in      */
1326 /* error in rare cases.						      */
1327 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1328 /* This is a wrapper for decLnOp which can handle the slightly wider  */
1329 /* (+11) range needed by Ln, Log10, etc. (which may have to be able   */
1330 /* to calculate at p+e+2).					      */
1331 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1332 decNumber * decNumberLn(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
1333 			decContext *set) {
1334   uInt status=0;		   /* accumulator */
1335   #if DECSUBSET
1336   decNumber *allocrhs=NULL;	   /* non-NULL if rounded rhs allocated */
1337   #endif
1338 
1339   #if DECCHECK
1340   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
1341   #endif
1342 
1343   /* Check restrictions; this is a math function; if not violated */
1344   /* then carry out the operation. */
1345   if (!decCheckMath(rhs, set, &status)) do { /* protect allocation */
1346     #if DECSUBSET
1347     if (!set->extended) {
1348       /* reduce operand and set lostDigits status, as needed */
1349       if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
1350 	allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, &status);
1351 	if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
1352 	rhs=allocrhs;
1353 	}
1354       /* special check in subset for rhs=0 */
1355       if (ISZERO(rhs)) {		/* +/- zeros -> error */
1356 	status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
1357 	break;}
1358       } /* extended=0 */
1359     #endif
1360     decLnOp(res, rhs, set, &status);
1361     } while(0);				/* end protected */
1362 
1363   #if DECSUBSET
1364   if (allocrhs !=NULL) free(allocrhs);	/* drop any storage used */
1365   #endif
1366   /* apply significant status */
1367   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1368   #if DECCHECK
1369   decCheckInexact(res, set);
1370   #endif
1371   return res;
1372   } /* decNumberLn */
1373 
1374 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1375 /* decNumberLogB - get adjusted exponent, by 754r rules		      */
1376 /*								      */
1377 /*   This computes C = adjustedexponent(A)			      */
1378 /*								      */
1379 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
1380 /*   rhs is A							      */
1381 /*   set is the context, used only for digits and status	      */
1382 /*								      */
1383 /* C must have space for 10 digits (A might have 10**9 digits and     */
1384 /* an exponent of +999999999, or one digit and an exponent of	      */
1385 /* -1999999999).						      */
1386 /*								      */
1387 /* This returns the adjusted exponent of A after (in theory) padding  */
1388 /* with zeros on the right to set->digits digits while keeping the    */
1389 /* same value.	The exponent is not limited by emin/emax.	      */
1390 /*								      */
1391 /* Notable cases:						      */
1392 /*   A<0 -> Use |A|						      */
1393 /*   A=0 -> -Infinity (Division by zero)			      */
1394 /*   A=Infinite -> +Infinity (Exact)				      */
1395 /*   A=1 exactly -> 0 (Exact)					      */
1396 /*   NaNs are propagated as usual				      */
1397 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1398 decNumber * decNumberLogB(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
1399 			  decContext *set) {
1400   uInt status=0;		   /* accumulator */
1401 
1402   #if DECCHECK
1403   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
1404   #endif
1405 
1406   /* NaNs as usual; Infinities return +Infinity; 0->oops */
1407   if (decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) decNaNs(res, rhs, NULL, set, &status);
1408    else if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) decNumberCopyAbs(res, rhs);
1409    else if (decNumberIsZero(rhs)) {
1410     decNumberZero(res);			/* prepare for Infinity */
1411     res->bits=DECNEG|DECINF;		/* -Infinity */
1412     status|=DEC_Division_by_zero;	/* as per 754r */
1413     }
1414    else { /* finite non-zero */
1415     Int ae=rhs->exponent+rhs->digits-1; /* adjusted exponent */
1416     decNumberFromInt32(res, ae);	/* lay it out */
1417     }
1418 
1419   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1420   return res;
1421   } /* decNumberLogB */
1422 
1423 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1424 /* decNumberLog10 -- logarithm in base 10			      */
1425 /*								      */
1426 /*   This computes C = log10(A)					      */
1427 /*								      */
1428 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
1429 /*   rhs is A							      */
1430 /*   set is the context; note that rounding mode has no effect	      */
1431 /*								      */
1432 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1433 /*								      */
1434 /* Notable cases:						      */
1435 /*   A<0 -> Invalid						      */
1436 /*   A=0 -> -Infinity (Exact)					      */
1437 /*   A=+Infinity -> +Infinity (Exact)				      */
1438 /*   A=10**n (if n is an integer) -> n (Exact)			      */
1439 /*								      */
1440 /* Mathematical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is     */
1441 /* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated.      */
1442 /*								      */
1443 /* An Inexact result is rounded using DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; it will    */
1444 /* almost always be correctly rounded, but may be up to 1 ulp in      */
1445 /* error in rare cases.						      */
1446 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1447 /* This calculates ln(A)/ln(10) using appropriate precision.  For     */
1448 /* ln(A) this is the max(p, rhs->digits + t) + 3, where p is the      */
1449 /* requested digits and t is the number of digits in the exponent     */
1450 /* (maximum 6).	 For ln(10) it is p + 3; this is often handled by the */
1451 /* fastpath in decLnOp.	 The final division is done to the requested  */
1452 /* precision.							      */
1453 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1454 decNumber * decNumberLog10(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
1455 			  decContext *set) {
1456   uInt status=0, ignore=0;	   /* status accumulators */
1457   uInt needbytes;		   /* for space calculations */
1458   Int p;			   /* working precision */
1459   Int t;			   /* digits in exponent of A */
1460 
1461   /* buffers for a and b working decimals */
1462   /* (adjustment calculator, same size) */
1463   decNumber bufa[D2N(DECBUFFER+2)];
1464   decNumber *allocbufa=NULL;	   /* -> allocated bufa, iff allocated */
1465   decNumber *a=bufa;		   /* temporary a */
1466   decNumber bufb[D2N(DECBUFFER+2)];
1467   decNumber *allocbufb=NULL;	   /* -> allocated bufb, iff allocated */
1468   decNumber *b=bufb;		   /* temporary b */
1469   decNumber bufw[D2N(10)];	   /* working 2-10 digit number */
1470   decNumber *w=bufw;		   /* .. */
1471   #if DECSUBSET
1472   decNumber *allocrhs=NULL;	   /* non-NULL if rounded rhs allocated */
1473   #endif
1474 
1475   decContext aset;		   /* working context */
1476 
1477   #if DECCHECK
1478   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
1479   #endif
1480 
1481   /* Check restrictions; this is a math function; if not violated */
1482   /* then carry out the operation. */
1483   if (!decCheckMath(rhs, set, &status)) do { /* protect malloc */
1484     #if DECSUBSET
1485     if (!set->extended) {
1486       /* reduce operand and set lostDigits status, as needed */
1487       if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
1488 	allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, &status);
1489 	if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
1490 	rhs=allocrhs;
1491 	}
1492       /* special check in subset for rhs=0 */
1493       if (ISZERO(rhs)) {		/* +/- zeros -> error */
1494 	status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
1495 	break;}
1496       } /* extended=0 */
1497     #endif
1498 
1499     decContextDefault(&aset, DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64); /* clean context */
1500 
1501     /* handle exact powers of 10; only check if +ve finite */
1502     if (!(rhs->bits&(DECNEG|DECSPECIAL)) && !ISZERO(rhs)) {
1503       Int residue=0;		   /* (no residue) */
1504       uInt copystat=0;		   /* clean status */
1505 
1506       /* round to a single digit... */
1507       aset.digits=1;
1508       decCopyFit(w, rhs, &aset, &residue, &copystat); /* copy & shorten */
1509       /* if exact and the digit is 1, rhs is a power of 10 */
1510       if (!(copystat&DEC_Inexact) && w->lsu[0]==1) {
1511 	/* the exponent, conveniently, is the power of 10; making */
1512 	/* this the result needs a little care as it might not fit, */
1513 	/* so first convert it into the working number, and then move */
1514 	/* to res */
1515 	decNumberFromInt32(w, w->exponent);
1516 	residue=0;
1517 	decCopyFit(res, w, set, &residue, &status); /* copy & round */
1518 	decFinish(res, set, &residue, &status);	    /* cleanup/set flags */
1519 	break;
1520 	} /* not a power of 10 */
1521       } /* not a candidate for exact */
1522 
1523     /* simplify the information-content calculation to use 'total */
1524     /* number of digits in a, including exponent' as compared to the */
1525     /* requested digits, as increasing this will only rarely cost an */
1526     /* iteration in ln(a) anyway */
1527     t=6;				/* it can never be >6 */
1528 
1529     /* allocate space when needed... */
1530     p=(rhs->digits+t>set->digits?rhs->digits+t:set->digits)+3;
1531     needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(p)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
1532     if (needbytes>sizeof(bufa)) {	/* need malloc space */
1533       allocbufa=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
1534       if (allocbufa==NULL) {		/* hopeless -- abandon */
1535 	status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
1536 	break;}
1537       a=allocbufa;			/* use the allocated space */
1538       }
1539     aset.digits=p;			/* as calculated */
1540     aset.emax=DEC_MAX_MATH;		/* usual bounds */
1541     aset.emin=-DEC_MAX_MATH;		/* .. */
1542     aset.clamp=0;			/* and no concrete format */
1543     decLnOp(a, rhs, &aset, &status);	/* a=ln(rhs) */
1544 
1545     /* skip the division if the result so far is infinite, NaN, or */
1546     /* zero, or there was an error; note NaN from sNaN needs copy */
1547     if (status&DEC_NaNs && !(status&DEC_sNaN)) break;
1548     if (a->bits&DECSPECIAL || ISZERO(a)) {
1549       decNumberCopy(res, a);		/* [will fit] */
1550       break;}
1551 
1552     /* for ln(10) an extra 3 digits of precision are needed */
1553     p=set->digits+3;
1554     needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(p)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
1555     if (needbytes>sizeof(bufb)) {	/* need malloc space */
1556       allocbufb=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
1557       if (allocbufb==NULL) {		/* hopeless -- abandon */
1558 	status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
1559 	break;}
1560       b=allocbufb;			/* use the allocated space */
1561       }
1562     decNumberZero(w);			/* set up 10... */
1563     #if DECDPUN==1
1564     w->lsu[1]=1; w->lsu[0]=0;		/* .. */
1565     #else
1566     w->lsu[0]=10;			/* .. */
1567     #endif
1568     w->digits=2;			/* .. */
1569 
1570     aset.digits=p;
1571     decLnOp(b, w, &aset, &ignore);	/* b=ln(10) */
1572 
1573     aset.digits=set->digits;		/* for final divide */
1574     decDivideOp(res, a, b, &aset, DIVIDE, &status); /* into result */
1575     } while(0);				/* [for break] */
1576 
1577   if (allocbufa!=NULL) free(allocbufa); /* drop any storage used */
1578   if (allocbufb!=NULL) free(allocbufb); /* .. */
1579   #if DECSUBSET
1580   if (allocrhs !=NULL) free(allocrhs);	/* .. */
1581   #endif
1582   /* apply significant status */
1583   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1584   #if DECCHECK
1585   decCheckInexact(res, set);
1586   #endif
1587   return res;
1588   } /* decNumberLog10 */
1589 
1590 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1591 /* decNumberMax -- compare two Numbers and return the maximum	      */
1592 /*								      */
1593 /*   This computes C = A ? B, returning the maximum by 754R rules     */
1594 /*								      */
1595 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X)	      */
1596 /*   lhs is A							      */
1597 /*   rhs is B							      */
1598 /*   set is the context						      */
1599 /*								      */
1600 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1601 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1602 decNumber * decNumberMax(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
1603 			 const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
1604   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
1605   decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPMAX, &status);
1606   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1607   #if DECCHECK
1608   decCheckInexact(res, set);
1609   #endif
1610   return res;
1611   } /* decNumberMax */
1612 
1613 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1614 /* decNumberMaxMag -- compare and return the maximum by magnitude     */
1615 /*								      */
1616 /*   This computes C = A ? B, returning the maximum by 754R rules     */
1617 /*								      */
1618 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X)	      */
1619 /*   lhs is A							      */
1620 /*   rhs is B							      */
1621 /*   set is the context						      */
1622 /*								      */
1623 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1624 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1625 decNumber * decNumberMaxMag(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
1626 			 const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
1627   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
1628   decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPMAXMAG, &status);
1629   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1630   #if DECCHECK
1631   decCheckInexact(res, set);
1632   #endif
1633   return res;
1634   } /* decNumberMaxMag */
1635 
1636 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1637 /* decNumberMin -- compare two Numbers and return the minimum	      */
1638 /*								      */
1639 /*   This computes C = A ? B, returning the minimum by 754R rules     */
1640 /*								      */
1641 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X)	      */
1642 /*   lhs is A							      */
1643 /*   rhs is B							      */
1644 /*   set is the context						      */
1645 /*								      */
1646 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1647 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1648 decNumber * decNumberMin(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
1649 			 const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
1650   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
1651   decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPMIN, &status);
1652   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1653   #if DECCHECK
1654   decCheckInexact(res, set);
1655   #endif
1656   return res;
1657   } /* decNumberMin */
1658 
1659 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1660 /* decNumberMinMag -- compare and return the minimum by magnitude     */
1661 /*								      */
1662 /*   This computes C = A ? B, returning the minimum by 754R rules     */
1663 /*								      */
1664 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X)	      */
1665 /*   lhs is A							      */
1666 /*   rhs is B							      */
1667 /*   set is the context						      */
1668 /*								      */
1669 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1670 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1671 decNumber * decNumberMinMag(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
1672 			 const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
1673   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
1674   decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPMINMAG, &status);
1675   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1676   #if DECCHECK
1677   decCheckInexact(res, set);
1678   #endif
1679   return res;
1680   } /* decNumberMinMag */
1681 
1682 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1683 /* decNumberMinus -- prefix minus operator			      */
1684 /*								      */
1685 /*   This computes C = 0 - A					      */
1686 /*								      */
1687 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
1688 /*   rhs is A							      */
1689 /*   set is the context						      */
1690 /*								      */
1691 /* See also decNumberCopyNegate for a quiet bitwise version of this.  */
1692 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1693 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1694 /* Simply use AddOp for the subtract, which will do the necessary.    */
1695 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1696 decNumber * decNumberMinus(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
1697 			   decContext *set) {
1698   decNumber dzero;
1699   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
1700 
1701   #if DECCHECK
1702   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
1703   #endif
1704 
1705   decNumberZero(&dzero);		/* make 0 */
1706   dzero.exponent=rhs->exponent;		/* [no coefficient expansion] */
1707   decAddOp(res, &dzero, rhs, set, DECNEG, &status);
1708   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1709   #if DECCHECK
1710   decCheckInexact(res, set);
1711   #endif
1712   return res;
1713   } /* decNumberMinus */
1714 
1715 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1716 /* decNumberNextMinus -- next towards -Infinity			      */
1717 /*								      */
1718 /*   This computes C = A - infinitesimal, rounded towards -Infinity   */
1719 /*								      */
1720 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
1721 /*   rhs is A							      */
1722 /*   set is the context						      */
1723 /*								      */
1724 /* This is a generalization of 754r NextDown.			      */
1725 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1726 decNumber * decNumberNextMinus(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
1727 			       decContext *set) {
1728   decNumber dtiny;			     /* constant */
1729   decContext workset=*set;		     /* work */
1730   uInt status=0;			     /* accumulator */
1731   #if DECCHECK
1732   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
1733   #endif
1734 
1735   /* +Infinity is the special case */
1736   if ((rhs->bits&(DECINF|DECNEG))==DECINF) {
1737     decSetMaxValue(res, set);		     /* is +ve */
1738     /* there is no status to set */
1739     return res;
1740     }
1741   decNumberZero(&dtiny);		     /* start with 0 */
1742   dtiny.lsu[0]=1;			     /* make number that is .. */
1743   dtiny.exponent=DEC_MIN_EMIN-1;	     /* .. smaller than tiniest */
1744   workset.round=DEC_ROUND_FLOOR;
1745   decAddOp(res, rhs, &dtiny, &workset, DECNEG, &status);
1746   status&=DEC_Invalid_operation|DEC_sNaN;    /* only sNaN Invalid please */
1747   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1748   return res;
1749   } /* decNumberNextMinus */
1750 
1751 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1752 /* decNumberNextPlus -- next towards +Infinity			      */
1753 /*								      */
1754 /*   This computes C = A + infinitesimal, rounded towards +Infinity   */
1755 /*								      */
1756 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
1757 /*   rhs is A							      */
1758 /*   set is the context						      */
1759 /*								      */
1760 /* This is a generalization of 754r NextUp.			      */
1761 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1762 decNumber * decNumberNextPlus(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
1763 			      decContext *set) {
1764   decNumber dtiny;			     /* constant */
1765   decContext workset=*set;		     /* work */
1766   uInt status=0;			     /* accumulator */
1767   #if DECCHECK
1768   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
1769   #endif
1770 
1771   /* -Infinity is the special case */
1772   if ((rhs->bits&(DECINF|DECNEG))==(DECINF|DECNEG)) {
1773     decSetMaxValue(res, set);
1774     res->bits=DECNEG;			     /* negative */
1775     /* there is no status to set */
1776     return res;
1777     }
1778   decNumberZero(&dtiny);		     /* start with 0 */
1779   dtiny.lsu[0]=1;			     /* make number that is .. */
1780   dtiny.exponent=DEC_MIN_EMIN-1;	     /* .. smaller than tiniest */
1781   workset.round=DEC_ROUND_CEILING;
1782   decAddOp(res, rhs, &dtiny, &workset, 0, &status);
1783   status&=DEC_Invalid_operation|DEC_sNaN;    /* only sNaN Invalid please */
1784   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1785   return res;
1786   } /* decNumberNextPlus */
1787 
1788 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1789 /* decNumberNextToward -- next towards rhs			      */
1790 /*								      */
1791 /*   This computes C = A +/- infinitesimal, rounded towards	      */
1792 /*   +/-Infinity in the direction of B, as per 754r nextafter rules   */
1793 /*								      */
1794 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A or B.			      */
1795 /*   lhs is A							      */
1796 /*   rhs is B							      */
1797 /*   set is the context						      */
1798 /*								      */
1799 /* This is a generalization of 754r NextAfter.			      */
1800 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1801 decNumber * decNumberNextToward(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
1802 				const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
1803   decNumber dtiny;			     /* constant */
1804   decContext workset=*set;		     /* work */
1805   Int result;				     /* .. */
1806   uInt status=0;			     /* accumulator */
1807   #if DECCHECK
1808   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
1809   #endif
1810 
1811   if (decNumberIsNaN(lhs) || decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) {
1812     decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, &status);
1813     }
1814    else { /* Is numeric, so no chance of sNaN Invalid, etc. */
1815     result=decCompare(lhs, rhs, 0);	/* sign matters */
1816     if (result==BADINT) status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage; /* rare */
1817      else { /* valid compare */
1818       if (result==0) decNumberCopySign(res, lhs, rhs); /* easy */
1819        else { /* differ: need NextPlus or NextMinus */
1820 	uByte sub;			/* add or subtract */
1821 	if (result<0) {			/* lhs<rhs, do nextplus */
1822 	  /* -Infinity is the special case */
1823 	  if ((lhs->bits&(DECINF|DECNEG))==(DECINF|DECNEG)) {
1824 	    decSetMaxValue(res, set);
1825 	    res->bits=DECNEG;		/* negative */
1826 	    return res;			/* there is no status to set */
1827 	    }
1828 	  workset.round=DEC_ROUND_CEILING;
1829 	  sub=0;			/* add, please */
1830 	  } /* plus */
1831 	 else {				/* lhs>rhs, do nextminus */
1832 	  /* +Infinity is the special case */
1833 	  if ((lhs->bits&(DECINF|DECNEG))==DECINF) {
1834 	    decSetMaxValue(res, set);
1835 	    return res;			/* there is no status to set */
1836 	    }
1837 	  workset.round=DEC_ROUND_FLOOR;
1838 	  sub=DECNEG;			/* subtract, please */
1839 	  } /* minus */
1840 	decNumberZero(&dtiny);		/* start with 0 */
1841 	dtiny.lsu[0]=1;			/* make number that is .. */
1842 	dtiny.exponent=DEC_MIN_EMIN-1;	/* .. smaller than tiniest */
1843 	decAddOp(res, lhs, &dtiny, &workset, sub, &status); /* + or - */
1844 	/* turn off exceptions if the result is a normal number */
1845 	/* (including Nmin), otherwise let all status through */
1846 	if (decNumberIsNormal(res, set)) status=0;
1847 	} /* unequal */
1848       } /* compare OK */
1849     } /* numeric */
1850   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1851   return res;
1852   } /* decNumberNextToward */
1853 
1854 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1855 /* decNumberOr -- OR two Numbers, digitwise			      */
1856 /*								      */
1857 /*   This computes C = A | B					      */
1858 /*								      */
1859 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X|X)	      */
1860 /*   lhs is A							      */
1861 /*   rhs is B							      */
1862 /*   set is the context (used for result length and error report)     */
1863 /*								      */
1864 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1865 /*								      */
1866 /* Logical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is	      */
1867 /* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated.      */
1868 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1869 decNumber * decNumberOr(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
1870 			const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
1871   const Unit *ua, *ub;			/* -> operands */
1872   const Unit *msua, *msub;		/* -> operand msus */
1873   Unit	*uc, *msuc;			/* -> result and its msu */
1874   Int	msudigs;			/* digits in res msu */
1875   #if DECCHECK
1876   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
1877   #endif
1878 
1879   if (lhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(lhs) || decNumberIsNegative(lhs)
1880    || rhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(rhs) || decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
1881     decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
1882     return res;
1883     }
1884   /* operands are valid */
1885   ua=lhs->lsu;				/* bottom-up */
1886   ub=rhs->lsu;				/* .. */
1887   uc=res->lsu;				/* .. */
1888   msua=ua+D2U(lhs->digits)-1;		/* -> msu of lhs */
1889   msub=ub+D2U(rhs->digits)-1;		/* -> msu of rhs */
1890   msuc=uc+D2U(set->digits)-1;		/* -> msu of result */
1891   msudigs=MSUDIGITS(set->digits);	/* [faster than remainder] */
1892   for (; uc<=msuc; ua++, ub++, uc++) {	/* Unit loop */
1893     Unit a, b;				/* extract units */
1894     if (ua>msua) a=0;
1895      else a=*ua;
1896     if (ub>msub) b=0;
1897      else b=*ub;
1898     *uc=0;				/* can now write back */
1899     if (a|b) {				/* maybe 1 bits to examine */
1900       Int i, j;
1901       /* This loop could be unrolled and/or use BIN2BCD tables */
1902       for (i=0; i<DECDPUN; i++) {
1903 	if ((a|b)&1) *uc=*uc+(Unit)powers[i];	  /* effect OR */
1904 	j=a%10;
1905 	a=a/10;
1906 	j|=b%10;
1907 	b=b/10;
1908 	if (j>1) {
1909 	  decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
1910 	  return res;
1911 	  }
1912 	if (uc==msuc && i==msudigs-1) break;	  /* just did final digit */
1913 	} /* each digit */
1914       } /* non-zero */
1915     } /* each unit */
1916   /* [here uc-1 is the msu of the result] */
1917   res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, uc-res->lsu);
1918   res->exponent=0;			/* integer */
1919   res->bits=0;				/* sign=0 */
1920   return res;  /* [no status to set] */
1921   } /* decNumberOr */
1922 
1923 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1924 /* decNumberPlus -- prefix plus operator			      */
1925 /*								      */
1926 /*   This computes C = 0 + A					      */
1927 /*								      */
1928 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
1929 /*   rhs is A							      */
1930 /*   set is the context						      */
1931 /*								      */
1932 /* See also decNumberCopy for a quiet bitwise version of this.	      */
1933 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1934 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1935 /* This simply uses AddOp; Add will take fast path after preparing A. */
1936 /* Performance is a concern here, as this routine is often used to    */
1937 /* check operands and apply rounding and overflow/underflow testing.  */
1938 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1939 decNumber * decNumberPlus(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
1940 			  decContext *set) {
1941   decNumber dzero;
1942   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
1943   #if DECCHECK
1944   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
1945   #endif
1946 
1947   decNumberZero(&dzero);		/* make 0 */
1948   dzero.exponent=rhs->exponent;		/* [no coefficient expansion] */
1949   decAddOp(res, &dzero, rhs, set, 0, &status);
1950   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1951   #if DECCHECK
1952   decCheckInexact(res, set);
1953   #endif
1954   return res;
1955   } /* decNumberPlus */
1956 
1957 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1958 /* decNumberMultiply -- multiply two Numbers			      */
1959 /*								      */
1960 /*   This computes C = A x B					      */
1961 /*								      */
1962 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X+X)	      */
1963 /*   lhs is A							      */
1964 /*   rhs is B							      */
1965 /*   set is the context						      */
1966 /*								      */
1967 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1968 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1969 decNumber * decNumberMultiply(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
1970 			      const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
1971   uInt status=0;		   /* accumulator */
1972   decMultiplyOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, &status);
1973   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
1974   #if DECCHECK
1975   decCheckInexact(res, set);
1976   #endif
1977   return res;
1978   } /* decNumberMultiply */
1979 
1980 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1981 /* decNumberPower -- raise a number to a power			      */
1982 /*								      */
1983 /*   This computes C = A ** B					      */
1984 /*								      */
1985 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X**X)	      */
1986 /*   lhs is A							      */
1987 /*   rhs is B							      */
1988 /*   set is the context						      */
1989 /*								      */
1990 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
1991 /*								      */
1992 /* Mathematical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is     */
1993 /* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated.      */
1994 /*								      */
1995 /* However, if 1999999997<=B<=999999999 and B is an integer then the  */
1996 /* restrictions on A and the context are relaxed to the usual bounds, */
1997 /* for compatibility with the earlier (integer power only) version    */
1998 /* of this function.						      */
1999 /*								      */
2000 /* When B is an integer, the result may be exact, even if rounded.    */
2001 /*								      */
2002 /* The final result is rounded according to the context; it will      */
2003 /* almost always be correctly rounded, but may be up to 1 ulp in      */
2004 /* error in rare cases.						      */
2005 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2006 decNumber * decNumberPower(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
2007 			   const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
2008   #if DECSUBSET
2009   decNumber *alloclhs=NULL;	   /* non-NULL if rounded lhs allocated */
2010   decNumber *allocrhs=NULL;	   /* .., rhs */
2011   #endif
2012   decNumber *allocdac=NULL;	   /* -> allocated acc buffer, iff used */
2013   decNumber *allocinv=NULL;	   /* -> allocated 1/x buffer, iff used */
2014   Int	reqdigits=set->digits;	   /* requested DIGITS */
2015   Int	n;			   /* rhs in binary */
2016   Flag	rhsint=0;		   /* 1 if rhs is an integer */
2017   Flag	useint=0;		   /* 1 if can use integer calculation */
2018   Flag	isoddint=0;		   /* 1 if rhs is an integer and odd */
2019   Int	i;			   /* work */
2020   #if DECSUBSET
2021   Int	dropped;		   /* .. */
2022   #endif
2023   uInt	needbytes;		   /* buffer size needed */
2024   Flag	seenbit;		   /* seen a bit while powering */
2025   Int	residue=0;		   /* rounding residue */
2026   uInt	status=0;		   /* accumulators */
2027   uByte bits=0;			   /* result sign if errors */
2028   decContext aset;		   /* working context */
2029   decNumber dnOne;		   /* work value 1... */
2030   /* local accumulator buffer [a decNumber, with digits+elength+1 digits] */
2031   decNumber dacbuff[D2N(DECBUFFER+9)];
2032   decNumber *dac=dacbuff;	   /* -> result accumulator */
2033   /* same again for possible 1/lhs calculation */
2034   decNumber invbuff[D2N(DECBUFFER+9)];
2035 
2036   #if DECCHECK
2037   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
2038   #endif
2039 
2040   do {				   /* protect allocated storage */
2041     #if DECSUBSET
2042     if (!set->extended) { /* reduce operands and set status, as needed */
2043       if (lhs->digits>reqdigits) {
2044 	alloclhs=decRoundOperand(lhs, set, &status);
2045 	if (alloclhs==NULL) break;
2046 	lhs=alloclhs;
2047 	}
2048       if (rhs->digits>reqdigits) {
2049 	allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, &status);
2050 	if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
2051 	rhs=allocrhs;
2052 	}
2053       }
2054     #endif
2055     /* [following code does not require input rounding] */
2056 
2057     /* handle NaNs and rhs Infinity (lhs infinity is harder) */
2058     if (SPECIALARGS) {
2059       if (decNumberIsNaN(lhs) || decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) { /* NaNs */
2060 	decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, &status);
2061 	break;}
2062       if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) {	/* rhs Infinity */
2063 	Flag rhsneg=rhs->bits&DECNEG;	/* save rhs sign */
2064 	if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs)	/* lhs<0 */
2065 	 && !decNumberIsZero(lhs))	/* .. */
2066 	  status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
2067 	 else {				/* lhs >=0 */
2068 	  decNumberZero(&dnOne);	/* set up 1 */
2069 	  dnOne.lsu[0]=1;
2070 	  decNumberCompare(dac, lhs, &dnOne, set); /* lhs ? 1 */
2071 	  decNumberZero(res);		/* prepare for 0/1/Infinity */
2072 	  if (decNumberIsNegative(dac)) {    /* lhs<1 */
2073 	    if (rhsneg) res->bits|=DECINF;   /* +Infinity [else is +0] */
2074 	    }
2075 	   else if (dac->lsu[0]==0) {	     /* lhs=1 */
2076 	    /* 1**Infinity is inexact, so return fully-padded 1.0000 */
2077 	    Int shift=set->digits-1;
2078 	    *res->lsu=1;		     /* was 0, make int 1 */
2079 	    res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, 1, shift);
2080 	    res->exponent=-shift;	     /* make 1.0000... */
2081 	    status|=DEC_Inexact|DEC_Rounded; /* deemed inexact */
2082 	    }
2083 	   else {			     /* lhs>1 */
2084 	    if (!rhsneg) res->bits|=DECINF;  /* +Infinity [else is +0] */
2085 	    }
2086 	  } /* lhs>=0 */
2087 	break;}
2088       /* [lhs infinity drops through] */
2089       } /* specials */
2090 
2091     /* Original rhs may be an integer that fits and is in range */
2092     n=decGetInt(rhs);
2093     if (n!=BADINT) {			/* it is an integer */
2094       rhsint=1;				/* record the fact for 1**n */
2095       isoddint=(Flag)n&1;		/* [works even if big] */
2096       if (n!=BIGEVEN && n!=BIGODD)	/* can use integer path? */
2097 	useint=1;			/* looks good */
2098       }
2099 
2100     if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs)	/* -x .. */
2101       && isoddint) bits=DECNEG;		/* .. to an odd power */
2102 
2103     /* handle LHS infinity */
2104     if (decNumberIsInfinite(lhs)) {	/* [NaNs already handled] */
2105       uByte rbits=rhs->bits;		/* save */
2106       decNumberZero(res);		/* prepare */
2107       if (n==0) *res->lsu=1;		/* [-]Inf**0 => 1 */
2108        else {
2109 	/* -Inf**nonint -> error */
2110 	if (!rhsint && decNumberIsNegative(lhs)) {
2111 	  status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;     /* -Inf**nonint is error */
2112 	  break;}
2113 	if (!(rbits & DECNEG)) bits|=DECINF; /* was not a **-n */
2114 	/* [otherwise will be 0 or -0] */
2115 	res->bits=bits;
2116 	}
2117       break;}
2118 
2119     /* similarly handle LHS zero */
2120     if (decNumberIsZero(lhs)) {
2121       if (n==0) {			     /* 0**0 => Error */
2122 	#if DECSUBSET
2123 	if (!set->extended) {		     /* [unless subset] */
2124 	  decNumberZero(res);
2125 	  *res->lsu=1;			     /* return 1 */
2126 	  break;}
2127 	#endif
2128 	status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
2129 	}
2130        else {				     /* 0**x */
2131 	uByte rbits=rhs->bits;		     /* save */
2132 	if (rbits & DECNEG) {		     /* was a 0**(-n) */
2133 	  #if DECSUBSET
2134 	  if (!set->extended) {		     /* [bad if subset] */
2135 	    status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
2136 	    break;}
2137 	  #endif
2138 	  bits|=DECINF;
2139 	  }
2140 	decNumberZero(res);		     /* prepare */
2141 	/* [otherwise will be 0 or -0] */
2142 	res->bits=bits;
2143 	}
2144       break;}
2145 
2146     /* here both lhs and rhs are finite; rhs==0 is handled in the */
2147     /* integer path.  Next handle the non-integer cases */
2148     if (!useint) {			/* non-integral rhs */
2149       /* any -ve lhs is bad, as is either operand or context out of */
2150       /* bounds */
2151       if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs)) {
2152 	status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
2153 	break;}
2154       if (decCheckMath(lhs, set, &status)
2155        || decCheckMath(rhs, set, &status)) break; /* variable status */
2156 
2157       decContextDefault(&aset, DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64); /* clean context */
2158       aset.emax=DEC_MAX_MATH;		/* usual bounds */
2159       aset.emin=-DEC_MAX_MATH;		/* .. */
2160       aset.clamp=0;			/* and no concrete format */
2161 
2162       /* calculate the result using exp(ln(lhs)*rhs), which can */
2163       /* all be done into the accumulator, dac.	 The precision needed */
2164       /* is enough to contain the full information in the lhs (which */
2165       /* is the total digits, including exponent), or the requested */
2166       /* precision, if larger, + 4; 6 is used for the exponent */
2167       /* maximum length, and this is also used when it is shorter */
2168       /* than the requested digits as it greatly reduces the >0.5 ulp */
2169       /* cases at little cost (because Ln doubles digits each */
2170       /* iteration so a few extra digits rarely causes an extra */
2171       /* iteration) */
2172       aset.digits=MAXI(lhs->digits, set->digits)+6+4;
2173       } /* non-integer rhs */
2174 
2175      else { /* rhs is in-range integer */
2176       if (n==0) {			/* x**0 = 1 */
2177 	/* (0**0 was handled above) */
2178 	decNumberZero(res);		/* result=1 */
2179 	*res->lsu=1;			/* .. */
2180 	break;}
2181       /* rhs is a non-zero integer */
2182       if (n<0) n=-n;			/* use abs(n) */
2183 
2184       aset=*set;			/* clone the context */
2185       aset.round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN;	/* internally use balanced */
2186       /* calculate the working DIGITS */
2187       aset.digits=reqdigits+(rhs->digits+rhs->exponent)+2;
2188       #if DECSUBSET
2189       if (!set->extended) aset.digits--;     /* use classic precision */
2190       #endif
2191       /* it's an error if this is more than can be handled */
2192       if (aset.digits>DECNUMMAXP) {status|=DEC_Invalid_operation; break;}
2193       } /* integer path */
2194 
2195     /* aset.digits is the count of digits for the accumulator needed */
2196     /* if accumulator is too long for local storage, then allocate */
2197     needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(aset.digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
2198     /* [needbytes also used below if 1/lhs needed] */
2199     if (needbytes>sizeof(dacbuff)) {
2200       allocdac=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
2201       if (allocdac==NULL) {   /* hopeless -- abandon */
2202 	status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
2203 	break;}
2204       dac=allocdac;	      /* use the allocated space */
2205       }
2206     /* here, aset is set up and accumulator is ready for use */
2207 
2208     if (!useint) {			     /* non-integral rhs */
2209       /* x ** y; special-case x=1 here as it will otherwise always */
2210       /* reduce to integer 1; decLnOp has a fastpath which detects */
2211       /* the case of x=1 */
2212       decLnOp(dac, lhs, &aset, &status);     /* dac=ln(lhs) */
2213       /* [no error possible, as lhs 0 already handled] */
2214       if (ISZERO(dac)) {		     /* x==1, 1.0, etc. */
2215 	/* need to return fully-padded 1.0000 etc., but rhsint->1 */
2216 	*dac->lsu=1;			     /* was 0, make int 1 */
2217 	if (!rhsint) {			     /* add padding */
2218 	  Int shift=set->digits-1;
2219 	  dac->digits=decShiftToMost(dac->lsu, 1, shift);
2220 	  dac->exponent=-shift;		     /* make 1.0000... */
2221 	  status|=DEC_Inexact|DEC_Rounded;   /* deemed inexact */
2222 	  }
2223 	}
2224        else {
2225 	decMultiplyOp(dac, dac, rhs, &aset, &status);  /* dac=dac*rhs */
2226 	decExpOp(dac, dac, &aset, &status);	       /* dac=exp(dac) */
2227 	}
2228       /* and drop through for final rounding */
2229       } /* non-integer rhs */
2230 
2231      else {				/* carry on with integer */
2232       decNumberZero(dac);		/* acc=1 */
2233       *dac->lsu=1;			/* .. */
2234 
2235       /* if a negative power the constant 1 is needed, and if not subset */
2236       /* invert the lhs now rather than inverting the result later */
2237       if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {	/* was a **-n [hence digits>0] */
2238 	decNumber *inv=invbuff;		/* assume use fixed buffer */
2239 	decNumberCopy(&dnOne, dac);	/* dnOne=1;  [needed now or later] */
2240 	#if DECSUBSET
2241 	if (set->extended) {		/* need to calculate 1/lhs */
2242 	#endif
2243 	  /* divide lhs into 1, putting result in dac [dac=1/dac] */
2244 	  decDivideOp(dac, &dnOne, lhs, &aset, DIVIDE, &status);
2245 	  /* now locate or allocate space for the inverted lhs */
2246 	  if (needbytes>sizeof(invbuff)) {
2247 	    allocinv=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
2248 	    if (allocinv==NULL) {	/* hopeless -- abandon */
2249 	      status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
2250 	      break;}
2251 	    inv=allocinv;		/* use the allocated space */
2252 	    }
2253 	  /* [inv now points to big-enough buffer or allocated storage] */
2254 	  decNumberCopy(inv, dac);	/* copy the 1/lhs */
2255 	  decNumberCopy(dac, &dnOne);	/* restore acc=1 */
2256 	  lhs=inv;			/* .. and go forward with new lhs */
2257 	#if DECSUBSET
2258 	  }
2259 	#endif
2260 	}
2261 
2262       /* Raise-to-the-power loop... */
2263       seenbit=0;		   /* set once a 1-bit is encountered */
2264       for (i=1;;i++){		   /* for each bit [top bit ignored] */
2265 	/* abandon if had overflow or terminal underflow */
2266 	if (status & (DEC_Overflow|DEC_Underflow)) { /* interesting? */
2267 	  if (status&DEC_Overflow || ISZERO(dac)) break;
2268 	  }
2269 	/* [the following two lines revealed an optimizer bug in a C++ */
2270 	/* compiler, with symptom: 5**3 -> 25, when n=n+n was used] */
2271 	n=n<<1;			   /* move next bit to testable position */
2272 	if (n<0) {		   /* top bit is set */
2273 	  seenbit=1;		   /* OK, significant bit seen */
2274 	  decMultiplyOp(dac, dac, lhs, &aset, &status); /* dac=dac*x */
2275 	  }
2276 	if (i==31) break;	   /* that was the last bit */
2277 	if (!seenbit) continue;	   /* no need to square 1 */
2278 	decMultiplyOp(dac, dac, dac, &aset, &status); /* dac=dac*dac [square] */
2279 	} /*i*/ /* 32 bits */
2280 
2281       /* complete internal overflow or underflow processing */
2282       if (status & (DEC_Overflow|DEC_Underflow)) {
2283 	#if DECSUBSET
2284 	/* If subset, and power was negative, reverse the kind of -erflow */
2285 	/* [1/x not yet done] */
2286 	if (!set->extended && decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
2287 	  if (status & DEC_Overflow)
2288 	    status^=DEC_Overflow | DEC_Underflow | DEC_Subnormal;
2289 	   else { /* trickier -- Underflow may or may not be set */
2290 	    status&=~(DEC_Underflow | DEC_Subnormal); /* [one or both] */
2291 	    status|=DEC_Overflow;
2292 	    }
2293 	  }
2294 	#endif
2295 	dac->bits=(dac->bits & ~DECNEG) | bits; /* force correct sign */
2296 	/* round subnormals [to set.digits rather than aset.digits] */
2297 	/* or set overflow result similarly as required */
2298 	decFinalize(dac, set, &residue, &status);
2299 	decNumberCopy(res, dac);   /* copy to result (is now OK length) */
2300 	break;
2301 	}
2302 
2303       #if DECSUBSET
2304       if (!set->extended &&		     /* subset math */
2305 	  decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {	     /* was a **-n [hence digits>0] */
2306 	/* so divide result into 1 [dac=1/dac] */
2307 	decDivideOp(dac, &dnOne, dac, &aset, DIVIDE, &status);
2308 	}
2309       #endif
2310       } /* rhs integer path */
2311 
2312     /* reduce result to the requested length and copy to result */
2313     decCopyFit(res, dac, set, &residue, &status);
2314     decFinish(res, set, &residue, &status);  /* final cleanup */
2315     #if DECSUBSET
2316     if (!set->extended) decTrim(res, set, 0, &dropped); /* trailing zeros */
2317     #endif
2318     } while(0);				/* end protected */
2319 
2320   if (allocdac!=NULL) free(allocdac);	/* drop any storage used */
2321   if (allocinv!=NULL) free(allocinv);	/* .. */
2322   #if DECSUBSET
2323   if (alloclhs!=NULL) free(alloclhs);	/* .. */
2324   if (allocrhs!=NULL) free(allocrhs);	/* .. */
2325   #endif
2326   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
2327   #if DECCHECK
2328   decCheckInexact(res, set);
2329   #endif
2330   return res;
2331   } /* decNumberPower */
2332 
2333 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2334 /* decNumberQuantize -- force exponent to requested value	      */
2335 /*								      */
2336 /*   This computes C = op(A, B), where op adjusts the coefficient     */
2337 /*   of C (by rounding or shifting) such that the exponent (-scale)   */
2338 /*   of C has exponent of B.  The numerical value of C will equal A,  */
2339 /*   except for the effects of any rounding that occurred.	      */
2340 /*								      */
2341 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A or B			      */
2342 /*   lhs is A, the number to adjust				      */
2343 /*   rhs is B, the number with exponent to match		      */
2344 /*   set is the context						      */
2345 /*								      */
2346 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
2347 /*								      */
2348 /* Unless there is an error or the result is infinite, the exponent   */
2349 /* after the operation is guaranteed to be equal to that of B.	      */
2350 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2351 decNumber * decNumberQuantize(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
2352 			      const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
2353   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
2354   decQuantizeOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, 1, &status);
2355   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
2356   return res;
2357   } /* decNumberQuantize */
2358 
2359 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2360 /* decNumberReduce -- remove trailing zeros			      */
2361 /*								      */
2362 /*   This computes C = 0 + A, and normalizes the result		      */
2363 /*								      */
2364 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
2365 /*   rhs is A							      */
2366 /*   set is the context						      */
2367 /*								      */
2368 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
2369 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2370 /* Previously known as Normalize */
2371 decNumber * decNumberNormalize(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
2372 			       decContext *set) {
2373   return decNumberReduce(res, rhs, set);
2374   } /* decNumberNormalize */
2375 
2376 decNumber * decNumberReduce(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
2377 			    decContext *set) {
2378   #if DECSUBSET
2379   decNumber *allocrhs=NULL;	   /* non-NULL if rounded rhs allocated */
2380   #endif
2381   uInt status=0;		   /* as usual */
2382   Int  residue=0;		   /* as usual */
2383   Int  dropped;			   /* work */
2384 
2385   #if DECCHECK
2386   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
2387   #endif
2388 
2389   do {				   /* protect allocated storage */
2390     #if DECSUBSET
2391     if (!set->extended) {
2392       /* reduce operand and set lostDigits status, as needed */
2393       if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
2394 	allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, &status);
2395 	if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
2396 	rhs=allocrhs;
2397 	}
2398       }
2399     #endif
2400     /* [following code does not require input rounding] */
2401 
2402     /* Infinities copy through; NaNs need usual treatment */
2403     if (decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) {
2404       decNaNs(res, rhs, NULL, set, &status);
2405       break;
2406       }
2407 
2408     /* reduce result to the requested length and copy to result */
2409     decCopyFit(res, rhs, set, &residue, &status); /* copy & round */
2410     decFinish(res, set, &residue, &status);	  /* cleanup/set flags */
2411     decTrim(res, set, 1, &dropped);		  /* normalize in place */
2412     } while(0);				     /* end protected */
2413 
2414   #if DECSUBSET
2415   if (allocrhs !=NULL) free(allocrhs);	     /* .. */
2416   #endif
2417   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);/* then report status */
2418   return res;
2419   } /* decNumberReduce */
2420 
2421 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2422 /* decNumberRescale -- force exponent to requested value	      */
2423 /*								      */
2424 /*   This computes C = op(A, B), where op adjusts the coefficient     */
2425 /*   of C (by rounding or shifting) such that the exponent (-scale)   */
2426 /*   of C has the value B.  The numerical value of C will equal A,    */
2427 /*   except for the effects of any rounding that occurred.	      */
2428 /*								      */
2429 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A or B			      */
2430 /*   lhs is A, the number to adjust				      */
2431 /*   rhs is B, the requested exponent				      */
2432 /*   set is the context						      */
2433 /*								      */
2434 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
2435 /*								      */
2436 /* Unless there is an error or the result is infinite, the exponent   */
2437 /* after the operation is guaranteed to be equal to B.		      */
2438 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2439 decNumber * decNumberRescale(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
2440 			     const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
2441   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
2442   decQuantizeOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, 0, &status);
2443   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
2444   return res;
2445   } /* decNumberRescale */
2446 
2447 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2448 /* decNumberRemainder -- divide and return remainder		      */
2449 /*								      */
2450 /*   This computes C = A % B					      */
2451 /*								      */
2452 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X%X)	      */
2453 /*   lhs is A							      */
2454 /*   rhs is B							      */
2455 /*   set is the context						      */
2456 /*								      */
2457 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
2458 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2459 decNumber * decNumberRemainder(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
2460 			       const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
2461   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
2462   decDivideOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, REMAINDER, &status);
2463   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
2464   #if DECCHECK
2465   decCheckInexact(res, set);
2466   #endif
2467   return res;
2468   } /* decNumberRemainder */
2469 
2470 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2471 /* decNumberRemainderNear -- divide and return remainder from nearest */
2472 /*								      */
2473 /*   This computes C = A % B, where % is the IEEE remainder operator  */
2474 /*								      */
2475 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X%X)	      */
2476 /*   lhs is A							      */
2477 /*   rhs is B							      */
2478 /*   set is the context						      */
2479 /*								      */
2480 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
2481 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2482 decNumber * decNumberRemainderNear(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
2483 				   const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
2484   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
2485   decDivideOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, REMNEAR, &status);
2486   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
2487   #if DECCHECK
2488   decCheckInexact(res, set);
2489   #endif
2490   return res;
2491   } /* decNumberRemainderNear */
2492 
2493 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2494 /* decNumberRotate -- rotate the coefficient of a Number left/right   */
2495 /*								      */
2496 /*   This computes C = A rot B	(in base ten and rotating set->digits */
2497 /*   digits).							      */
2498 /*								      */
2499 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=XrotX)	      */
2500 /*   lhs is A							      */
2501 /*   rhs is B, the number of digits to rotate (-ve to right)	      */
2502 /*   set is the context						      */
2503 /*								      */
2504 /* The digits of the coefficient of A are rotated to the left (if B   */
2505 /* is positive) or to the right (if B is negative) without adjusting  */
2506 /* the exponent or the sign of A.  If lhs->digits is less than	      */
2507 /* set->digits the coefficient is padded with zeros on the left	      */
2508 /* before the rotate.  Any leading zeros in the result are removed    */
2509 /* as usual.							      */
2510 /*								      */
2511 /* B must be an integer (q=0) and in the range -set->digits through   */
2512 /* +set->digits.						      */
2513 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
2514 /* NaNs are propagated as usual.  Infinities are unaffected (but      */
2515 /* B must be valid).  No status is set unless B is invalid or an      */
2516 /* operand is an sNaN.						      */
2517 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2518 decNumber * decNumberRotate(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
2519 			   const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
2520   uInt status=0;	      /* accumulator */
2521   Int  rotate;		      /* rhs as an Int */
2522 
2523   #if DECCHECK
2524   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
2525   #endif
2526 
2527   /* NaNs propagate as normal */
2528   if (decNumberIsNaN(lhs) || decNumberIsNaN(rhs))
2529     decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, &status);
2530    /* rhs must be an integer */
2531    else if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs) || rhs->exponent!=0)
2532     status=DEC_Invalid_operation;
2533    else { /* both numeric, rhs is an integer */
2534     rotate=decGetInt(rhs);		     /* [cannot fail] */
2535     if (rotate==BADINT			     /* something bad .. */
2536      || rotate==BIGODD || rotate==BIGEVEN    /* .. very big .. */
2537      || abs(rotate)>set->digits)	     /* .. or out of range */
2538       status=DEC_Invalid_operation;
2539      else {				     /* rhs is OK */
2540       decNumberCopy(res, lhs);
2541       /* convert -ve rotate to equivalent positive rotation */
2542       if (rotate<0) rotate=set->digits+rotate;
2543       if (rotate!=0 && rotate!=set->digits   /* zero or full rotation */
2544        && !decNumberIsInfinite(res)) {	     /* lhs was infinite */
2545 	/* left-rotate to do; 0 < rotate < set->digits */
2546 	uInt units, shift;		     /* work */
2547 	uInt msudigits;			     /* digits in result msu */
2548 	Unit *msu=res->lsu+D2U(res->digits)-1;	  /* current msu */
2549 	Unit *msumax=res->lsu+D2U(set->digits)-1; /* rotation msu */
2550 	for (msu++; msu<=msumax; msu++) *msu=0;	  /* ensure high units=0 */
2551 	res->digits=set->digits;		  /* now full-length */
2552 	msudigits=MSUDIGITS(res->digits);	  /* actual digits in msu */
2553 
2554 	/* rotation here is done in-place, in three steps */
2555 	/* 1. shift all to least up to one unit to unit-align final */
2556 	/*    lsd [any digits shifted out are rotated to the left, */
2557 	/*    abutted to the original msd (which may require split)] */
2558 	/* */
2559 	/*    [if there are no whole units left to rotate, the */
2560 	/*    rotation is now complete] */
2561 	/* */
2562 	/* 2. shift to least, from below the split point only, so that */
2563 	/*    the final msd is in the right place in its Unit [any */
2564 	/*    digits shifted out will fit exactly in the current msu, */
2565 	/*    left aligned, no split required] */
2566 	/* */
2567 	/* 3. rotate all the units by reversing left part, right */
2568 	/*    part, and then whole */
2569 	/* */
2570 	/* example: rotate right 8 digits (2 units + 2), DECDPUN=3. */
2571 	/* */
2572 	/*   start: 00a bcd efg hij klm npq */
2573 	/* */
2574 	/*	1a  000 0ab cde fgh|ijk lmn [pq saved] */
2575 	/*	1b  00p qab cde fgh|ijk lmn */
2576 	/* */
2577 	/*	2a  00p qab cde fgh|00i jkl [mn saved] */
2578 	/*	2b  mnp qab cde fgh|00i jkl */
2579 	/* */
2580 	/*	3a  fgh cde qab mnp|00i jkl */
2581 	/*	3b  fgh cde qab mnp|jkl 00i */
2582 	/*	3c  00i jkl mnp qab cde fgh */
2583 
2584 	/* Step 1: amount to shift is the partial right-rotate count */
2585 	rotate=set->digits-rotate;	/* make it right-rotate */
2586 	units=rotate/DECDPUN;		/* whole units to rotate */
2587 	shift=rotate%DECDPUN;		/* left-over digits count */
2588 	if (shift>0) {			/* not an exact number of units */
2589 	  uInt save=res->lsu[0]%powers[shift];	  /* save low digit(s) */
2590 	  decShiftToLeast(res->lsu, D2U(res->digits), shift);
2591 	  if (shift>msudigits) {	/* msumax-1 needs >0 digits */
2592 	    uInt rem=save%powers[shift-msudigits];/* split save */
2593 	    *msumax=(Unit)(save/powers[shift-msudigits]); /* and insert */
2594 	    *(msumax-1)=*(msumax-1)
2595 		       +(Unit)(rem*powers[DECDPUN-(shift-msudigits)]); /* .. */
2596 	    }
2597 	   else { /* all fits in msumax */
2598 	    *msumax=*msumax+(Unit)(save*powers[msudigits-shift]); /* [maybe *1] */
2599 	    }
2600 	  } /* digits shift needed */
2601 
2602 	/* If whole units to rotate... */
2603 	if (units>0) {			/* some to do */
2604 	  /* Step 2: the units to touch are the whole ones in rotate, */
2605 	  /*   if any, and the shift is DECDPUN-msudigits (which may be */
2606 	  /*   0, again) */
2607 	  shift=DECDPUN-msudigits;
2608 	  if (shift>0) {		/* not an exact number of units */
2609 	    uInt save=res->lsu[0]%powers[shift];  /* save low digit(s) */
2610 	    decShiftToLeast(res->lsu, units, shift);
2611 	    *msumax=*msumax+(Unit)(save*powers[msudigits]);
2612 	    } /* partial shift needed */
2613 
2614 	  /* Step 3: rotate the units array using triple reverse */
2615 	  /* (reversing is easy and fast) */
2616 	  decReverse(res->lsu+units, msumax);	  /* left part */
2617 	  decReverse(res->lsu, res->lsu+units-1); /* right part */
2618 	  decReverse(res->lsu, msumax);		  /* whole */
2619 	  } /* whole units to rotate */
2620 	/* the rotation may have left an undetermined number of zeros */
2621 	/* on the left, so true length needs to be calculated */
2622 	res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, msumax-res->lsu+1);
2623 	} /* rotate needed */
2624       } /* rhs OK */
2625     } /* numerics */
2626   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
2627   return res;
2628   } /* decNumberRotate */
2629 
2630 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2631 /* decNumberSameQuantum -- test for equal exponents		      */
2632 /*								      */
2633 /*   res is the result number, which will contain either 0 or 1	      */
2634 /*   lhs is a number to test					      */
2635 /*   rhs is the second (usually a pattern)			      */
2636 /*								      */
2637 /* No errors are possible and no context is needed.		      */
2638 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2639 decNumber * decNumberSameQuantum(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
2640 				 const decNumber *rhs) {
2641   Unit ret=0;			   /* return value */
2642 
2643   #if DECCHECK
2644   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, DECUNCONT)) return res;
2645   #endif
2646 
2647   if (SPECIALARGS) {
2648     if (decNumberIsNaN(lhs) && decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) ret=1;
2649      else if (decNumberIsInfinite(lhs) && decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) ret=1;
2650      /* [anything else with a special gives 0] */
2651     }
2652    else if (lhs->exponent==rhs->exponent) ret=1;
2653 
2654   decNumberZero(res);		   /* OK to overwrite an operand now */
2655   *res->lsu=ret;
2656   return res;
2657   } /* decNumberSameQuantum */
2658 
2659 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2660 /* decNumberScaleB -- multiply by a power of 10			      */
2661 /*								      */
2662 /* This computes C = A x 10**B where B is an integer (q=0) with	      */
2663 /* maximum magnitude 2*(emax+digits)				      */
2664 /*								      */
2665 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A or B			      */
2666 /*   lhs is A, the number to adjust				      */
2667 /*   rhs is B, the requested power of ten to use		      */
2668 /*   set is the context						      */
2669 /*								      */
2670 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
2671 /*								      */
2672 /* The result may underflow or overflow.			      */
2673 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2674 decNumber * decNumberScaleB(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
2675 			    const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
2676   Int  reqexp;		      /* requested exponent change [B] */
2677   uInt status=0;	      /* accumulator */
2678   Int  residue;		      /* work */
2679 
2680   #if DECCHECK
2681   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
2682   #endif
2683 
2684   /* Handle special values except lhs infinite */
2685   if (decNumberIsNaN(lhs) || decNumberIsNaN(rhs))
2686     decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, &status);
2687     /* rhs must be an integer */
2688    else if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs) || rhs->exponent!=0)
2689     status=DEC_Invalid_operation;
2690    else {
2691     /* lhs is a number; rhs is a finite with q==0 */
2692     reqexp=decGetInt(rhs);		     /* [cannot fail] */
2693     if (reqexp==BADINT			     /* something bad .. */
2694      || reqexp==BIGODD || reqexp==BIGEVEN    /* .. very big .. */
2695      || abs(reqexp)>(2*(set->digits+set->emax))) /* .. or out of range */
2696       status=DEC_Invalid_operation;
2697      else {				     /* rhs is OK */
2698       decNumberCopy(res, lhs);		     /* all done if infinite lhs */
2699       if (!decNumberIsInfinite(res)) {	     /* prepare to scale */
2700 	res->exponent+=reqexp;		     /* adjust the exponent */
2701 	residue=0;
2702 	decFinalize(res, set, &residue, &status); /* .. and check */
2703 	} /* finite LHS */
2704       } /* rhs OK */
2705     } /* rhs finite */
2706   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
2707   return res;
2708   } /* decNumberScaleB */
2709 
2710 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2711 /* decNumberShift -- shift the coefficient of a Number left or right  */
2712 /*								      */
2713 /*   This computes C = A << B or C = A >> -B  (in base ten).	      */
2714 /*								      */
2715 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X<<X)	      */
2716 /*   lhs is A							      */
2717 /*   rhs is B, the number of digits to shift (-ve to right)	      */
2718 /*   set is the context						      */
2719 /*								      */
2720 /* The digits of the coefficient of A are shifted to the left (if B   */
2721 /* is positive) or to the right (if B is negative) without adjusting  */
2722 /* the exponent or the sign of A.				      */
2723 /*								      */
2724 /* B must be an integer (q=0) and in the range -set->digits through   */
2725 /* +set->digits.						      */
2726 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
2727 /* NaNs are propagated as usual.  Infinities are unaffected (but      */
2728 /* B must be valid).  No status is set unless B is invalid or an      */
2729 /* operand is an sNaN.						      */
2730 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2731 decNumber * decNumberShift(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
2732 			   const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
2733   uInt status=0;	      /* accumulator */
2734   Int  shift;		      /* rhs as an Int */
2735 
2736   #if DECCHECK
2737   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
2738   #endif
2739 
2740   /* NaNs propagate as normal */
2741   if (decNumberIsNaN(lhs) || decNumberIsNaN(rhs))
2742     decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, &status);
2743    /* rhs must be an integer */
2744    else if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs) || rhs->exponent!=0)
2745     status=DEC_Invalid_operation;
2746    else { /* both numeric, rhs is an integer */
2747     shift=decGetInt(rhs);		     /* [cannot fail] */
2748     if (shift==BADINT			     /* something bad .. */
2749      || shift==BIGODD || shift==BIGEVEN	     /* .. very big .. */
2750      || abs(shift)>set->digits)		     /* .. or out of range */
2751       status=DEC_Invalid_operation;
2752      else {				     /* rhs is OK */
2753       decNumberCopy(res, lhs);
2754       if (shift!=0 && !decNumberIsInfinite(res)) { /* something to do */
2755 	if (shift>0) {			     /* to left */
2756 	  if (shift==set->digits) {	     /* removing all */
2757 	    *res->lsu=0;		     /* so place 0 */
2758 	    res->digits=1;		     /* .. */
2759 	    }
2760 	   else {			     /* */
2761 	    /* first remove leading digits if necessary */
2762 	    if (res->digits+shift>set->digits) {
2763 	      decDecap(res, res->digits+shift-set->digits);
2764 	      /* that updated res->digits; may have gone to 1 (for a */
2765 	      /* single digit or for zero */
2766 	      }
2767 	    if (res->digits>1 || *res->lsu)  /* if non-zero.. */
2768 	      res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, res->digits, shift);
2769 	    } /* partial left */
2770 	  } /* left */
2771 	 else { /* to right */
2772 	  if (-shift>=res->digits) {	     /* discarding all */
2773 	    *res->lsu=0;		     /* so place 0 */
2774 	    res->digits=1;		     /* .. */
2775 	    }
2776 	   else {
2777 	    decShiftToLeast(res->lsu, D2U(res->digits), -shift);
2778 	    res->digits-=(-shift);
2779 	    }
2780 	  } /* to right */
2781 	} /* non-0 non-Inf shift */
2782       } /* rhs OK */
2783     } /* numerics */
2784   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
2785   return res;
2786   } /* decNumberShift */
2787 
2788 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2789 /* decNumberSquareRoot -- square root operator			      */
2790 /*								      */
2791 /*   This computes C = squareroot(A)				      */
2792 /*								      */
2793 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
2794 /*   rhs is A							      */
2795 /*   set is the context; note that rounding mode has no effect	      */
2796 /*								      */
2797 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
2798 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2799 /* This uses the following varying-precision algorithm in:	      */
2800 /*								      */
2801 /*   Properly Rounded Variable Precision Square Root, T. E. Hull and  */
2802 /*   A. Abrham, ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, Vol 11 #3, */
2803 /*   pp229-237, ACM, September 1985.				      */
2804 /*								      */
2805 /* The square-root is calculated using Newton's method, after which   */
2806 /* a check is made to ensure the result is correctly rounded.	      */
2807 /*								      */
2808 /* % [Reformatted original Numerical Turing source code follows.]     */
2809 /* function sqrt(x : real) : real				      */
2810 /* % sqrt(x) returns the properly rounded approximation to the square */
2811 /* % root of x, in the precision of the calling environment, or it    */
2812 /* % fails if x < 0.						      */
2813 /* % t e hull and a abrham, august, 1984			      */
2814 /* if x <= 0 then						      */
2815 /*   if x < 0 then						      */
2816 /*     assert false						      */
2817 /*   else							      */
2818 /*     result 0							      */
2819 /*   end if							      */
2820 /* end if							      */
2821 /* var f := setexp(x, 0)  % fraction part of x	 [0.1 <= x < 1]	      */
2822 /* var e := getexp(x)	  % exponent part of x			      */
2823 /* var approx : real						      */
2824 /* if e mod 2 = 0  then						      */
2825 /*   approx := .259 + .819 * f	 % approx to root of f		      */
2826 /* else								      */
2827 /*   f := f/l0			 % adjustments			      */
2828 /*   e := e + 1			 %   for odd			      */
2829 /*   approx := .0819 + 2.59 * f	 %   exponent			      */
2830 /* end if							      */
2831 /*								      */
2832 /* var p:= 3							      */
2833 /* const maxp := currentprecision + 2				      */
2834 /* loop								      */
2835 /*   p := min(2*p - 2, maxp)	 % p = 4,6,10, . . . , maxp	      */
2836 /*   precision p						      */
2837 /*   approx := .5 * (approx + f/approx)				      */
2838 /*   exit when p = maxp						      */
2839 /* end loop							      */
2840 /*								      */
2841 /* % approx is now within 1 ulp of the properly rounded square root   */
2842 /* % of f; to ensure proper rounding, compare squares of (approx -    */
2843 /* % l/2 ulp) and (approx + l/2 ulp) with f.			      */
2844 /* p := currentprecision					      */
2845 /* begin							      */
2846 /*   precision p + 2						      */
2847 /*   const approxsubhalf := approx - setexp(.5, -p)		      */
2848 /*   if mulru(approxsubhalf, approxsubhalf) > f then		      */
2849 /*     approx := approx - setexp(.l, -p + 1)			      */
2850 /*   else							      */
2851 /*     const approxaddhalf := approx + setexp(.5, -p)		      */
2852 /*     if mulrd(approxaddhalf, approxaddhalf) < f then		      */
2853 /*	 approx := approx + setexp(.l, -p + 1)			      */
2854 /*     end if							      */
2855 /*   end if							      */
2856 /* end								      */
2857 /* result setexp(approx, e div 2)  % fix exponent		      */
2858 /* end sqrt							      */
2859 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
2860 decNumber * decNumberSquareRoot(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
2861 				decContext *set) {
2862   decContext workset, approxset;   /* work contexts */
2863   decNumber dzero;		   /* used for constant zero */
2864   Int  maxp;			   /* largest working precision */
2865   Int  workp;			   /* working precision */
2866   Int  residue=0;		   /* rounding residue */
2867   uInt status=0, ignore=0;	   /* status accumulators */
2868   uInt rstatus;			   /* .. */
2869   Int  exp;			   /* working exponent */
2870   Int  ideal;			   /* ideal (preferred) exponent */
2871   Int  needbytes;		   /* work */
2872   Int  dropped;			   /* .. */
2873 
2874   #if DECSUBSET
2875   decNumber *allocrhs=NULL;	   /* non-NULL if rounded rhs allocated */
2876   #endif
2877   /* buffer for f [needs +1 in case DECBUFFER 0] */
2878   decNumber buff[D2N(DECBUFFER+1)];
2879   /* buffer for a [needs +2 to match likely maxp] */
2880   decNumber bufa[D2N(DECBUFFER+2)];
2881   /* buffer for temporary, b [must be same size as a] */
2882   decNumber bufb[D2N(DECBUFFER+2)];
2883   decNumber *allocbuff=NULL;	   /* -> allocated buff, iff allocated */
2884   decNumber *allocbufa=NULL;	   /* -> allocated bufa, iff allocated */
2885   decNumber *allocbufb=NULL;	   /* -> allocated bufb, iff allocated */
2886   decNumber *f=buff;		   /* reduced fraction */
2887   decNumber *a=bufa;		   /* approximation to result */
2888   decNumber *b=bufb;		   /* intermediate result */
2889   /* buffer for temporary variable, up to 3 digits */
2890   decNumber buft[D2N(3)];
2891   decNumber *t=buft;		   /* up-to-3-digit constant or work */
2892 
2893   #if DECCHECK
2894   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
2895   #endif
2896 
2897   do {				   /* protect allocated storage */
2898     #if DECSUBSET
2899     if (!set->extended) {
2900       /* reduce operand and set lostDigits status, as needed */
2901       if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
2902 	allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, &status);
2903 	if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
2904 	/* [Note: 'f' allocation below could reuse this buffer if */
2905 	/* used, but as this is rare they are kept separate for clarity.] */
2906 	rhs=allocrhs;
2907 	}
2908       }
2909     #endif
2910     /* [following code does not require input rounding] */
2911 
2912     /* handle infinities and NaNs */
2913     if (SPECIALARG) {
2914       if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) {	      /* an infinity */
2915 	if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
2916 	 else decNumberCopy(res, rhs);	      /* +Infinity */
2917 	}
2918        else decNaNs(res, rhs, NULL, set, &status); /* a NaN */
2919       break;
2920       }
2921 
2922     /* calculate the ideal (preferred) exponent [floor(exp/2)] */
2923     /* [We would like to write: ideal=rhs->exponent>>1, but this */
2924     /* generates a compiler warning.  Generated code is the same.] */
2925     ideal=(rhs->exponent&~1)/2;		/* target */
2926 
2927     /* handle zeros */
2928     if (ISZERO(rhs)) {
2929       decNumberCopy(res, rhs);		/* could be 0 or -0 */
2930       res->exponent=ideal;		/* use the ideal [safe] */
2931       /* use decFinish to clamp any out-of-range exponent, etc. */
2932       decFinish(res, set, &residue, &status);
2933       break;
2934       }
2935 
2936     /* any other -x is an oops */
2937     if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
2938       status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
2939       break;
2940       }
2941 
2942     /* space is needed for three working variables */
2943     /*	 f -- the same precision as the RHS, reduced to 0.01->0.99... */
2944     /*	 a -- Hull's approximation -- precision, when assigned, is */
2945     /*	      currentprecision+1 or the input argument precision, */
2946     /*	      whichever is larger (+2 for use as temporary) */
2947     /*	 b -- intermediate temporary result (same size as a) */
2948     /* if any is too long for local storage, then allocate */
2949     workp=MAXI(set->digits+1, rhs->digits);  /* actual rounding precision */
2950     maxp=workp+2;			     /* largest working precision */
2951 
2952     needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(rhs->digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
2953     if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(buff)) {
2954       allocbuff=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
2955       if (allocbuff==NULL) {  /* hopeless -- abandon */
2956 	status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
2957 	break;}
2958       f=allocbuff;	      /* use the allocated space */
2959       }
2960     /* a and b both need to be able to hold a maxp-length number */
2961     needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(maxp)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
2962     if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(bufa)) {		  /* [same applies to b] */
2963       allocbufa=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
2964       allocbufb=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
2965       if (allocbufa==NULL || allocbufb==NULL) {	  /* hopeless */
2966 	status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
2967 	break;}
2968       a=allocbufa;	      /* use the allocated spaces */
2969       b=allocbufb;	      /* .. */
2970       }
2971 
2972     /* copy rhs -> f, save exponent, and reduce so 0.1 <= f < 1 */
2973     decNumberCopy(f, rhs);
2974     exp=f->exponent+f->digits;		     /* adjusted to Hull rules */
2975     f->exponent=-(f->digits);		     /* to range */
2976 
2977     /* set up working context */
2978     decContextDefault(&workset, DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64);
2979 
2980     /* [Until further notice, no error is possible and status bits */
2981     /* (Rounded, etc.) should be ignored, not accumulated.] */
2982 
2983     /* Calculate initial approximation, and allow for odd exponent */
2984     workset.digits=workp;		     /* p for initial calculation */
2985     t->bits=0; t->digits=3;
2986     a->bits=0; a->digits=3;
2987     if ((exp & 1)==0) {			     /* even exponent */
2988       /* Set t=0.259, a=0.819 */
2989       t->exponent=-3;
2990       a->exponent=-3;
2991       #if DECDPUN>=3
2992 	t->lsu[0]=259;
2993 	a->lsu[0]=819;
2994       #elif DECDPUN==2
2995 	t->lsu[0]=59; t->lsu[1]=2;
2996 	a->lsu[0]=19; a->lsu[1]=8;
2997       #else
2998 	t->lsu[0]=9; t->lsu[1]=5; t->lsu[2]=2;
2999 	a->lsu[0]=9; a->lsu[1]=1; a->lsu[2]=8;
3000       #endif
3001       }
3002      else {				     /* odd exponent */
3003       /* Set t=0.0819, a=2.59 */
3004       f->exponent--;			     /* f=f/10 */
3005       exp++;				     /* e=e+1 */
3006       t->exponent=-4;
3007       a->exponent=-2;
3008       #if DECDPUN>=3
3009 	t->lsu[0]=819;
3010 	a->lsu[0]=259;
3011       #elif DECDPUN==2
3012 	t->lsu[0]=19; t->lsu[1]=8;
3013 	a->lsu[0]=59; a->lsu[1]=2;
3014       #else
3015 	t->lsu[0]=9; t->lsu[1]=1; t->lsu[2]=8;
3016 	a->lsu[0]=9; a->lsu[1]=5; a->lsu[2]=2;
3017       #endif
3018       }
3019     decMultiplyOp(a, a, f, &workset, &ignore);	  /* a=a*f */
3020     decAddOp(a, a, t, &workset, 0, &ignore);	  /* ..+t */
3021     /* [a is now the initial approximation for sqrt(f), calculated with */
3022     /* currentprecision, which is also a's precision.] */
3023 
3024     /* the main calculation loop */
3025     decNumberZero(&dzero);		     /* make 0 */
3026     decNumberZero(t);			     /* set t = 0.5 */
3027     t->lsu[0]=5;			     /* .. */
3028     t->exponent=-1;			     /* .. */
3029     workset.digits=3;			     /* initial p */
3030     for (;;) {
3031       /* set p to min(2*p - 2, maxp)  [hence 3; or: 4, 6, 10, ... , maxp] */
3032       workset.digits=workset.digits*2-2;
3033       if (workset.digits>maxp) workset.digits=maxp;
3034       /* a = 0.5 * (a + f/a) */
3035       /* [calculated at p then rounded to currentprecision] */
3036       decDivideOp(b, f, a, &workset, DIVIDE, &ignore); /* b=f/a */
3037       decAddOp(b, b, a, &workset, 0, &ignore);	  /* b=b+a */
3038       decMultiplyOp(a, b, t, &workset, &ignore);  /* a=b*0.5 */
3039       if (a->digits==maxp) break;	     /* have required digits */
3040       } /* loop */
3041 
3042     /* Here, 0.1 <= a < 1 [Hull], and a has maxp digits */
3043     /* now reduce to length, etc.; this needs to be done with a */
3044     /* having the correct exponent so as to handle subnormals */
3045     /* correctly */
3046     approxset=*set;			     /* get emin, emax, etc. */
3047     approxset.round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN;
3048     a->exponent+=exp/2;			     /* set correct exponent */
3049 
3050     rstatus=0;				     /* clear status */
3051     residue=0;				     /* .. and accumulator */
3052     decCopyFit(a, a, &approxset, &residue, &rstatus);  /* reduce (if needed) */
3053     decFinish(a, &approxset, &residue, &rstatus);      /* clean and finalize */
3054 
3055     /* Overflow was possible if the input exponent was out-of-range, */
3056     /* in which case quit */
3057     if (rstatus&DEC_Overflow) {
3058       status=rstatus;			     /* use the status as-is */
3059       decNumberCopy(res, a);		     /* copy to result */
3060       break;
3061       }
3062 
3063     /* Preserve status except Inexact/Rounded */
3064     status|=(rstatus & ~(DEC_Rounded|DEC_Inexact));
3065 
3066     /* Carry out the Hull correction */
3067     a->exponent-=exp/2;			     /* back to 0.1->1 */
3068 
3069     /* a is now at final precision and within 1 ulp of the properly */
3070     /* rounded square root of f; to ensure proper rounding, compare */
3071     /* squares of (a - l/2 ulp) and (a + l/2 ulp) with f. */
3072     /* Here workset.digits=maxp and t=0.5, and a->digits determines */
3073     /* the ulp */
3074     workset.digits--;				  /* maxp-1 is OK now */
3075     t->exponent=-a->digits-1;			  /* make 0.5 ulp */
3076     decAddOp(b, a, t, &workset, DECNEG, &ignore); /* b = a - 0.5 ulp */
3077     workset.round=DEC_ROUND_UP;
3078     decMultiplyOp(b, b, b, &workset, &ignore);	  /* b = mulru(b, b) */
3079     decCompareOp(b, f, b, &workset, COMPARE, &ignore); /* b ? f, reversed */
3080     if (decNumberIsNegative(b)) {		  /* f < b [i.e., b > f] */
3081       /* this is the more common adjustment, though both are rare */
3082       t->exponent++;				  /* make 1.0 ulp */
3083       t->lsu[0]=1;				  /* .. */
3084       decAddOp(a, a, t, &workset, DECNEG, &ignore); /* a = a - 1 ulp */
3085       /* assign to approx [round to length] */
3086       approxset.emin-=exp/2;			  /* adjust to match a */
3087       approxset.emax-=exp/2;
3088       decAddOp(a, &dzero, a, &approxset, 0, &ignore);
3089       }
3090      else {
3091       decAddOp(b, a, t, &workset, 0, &ignore);	  /* b = a + 0.5 ulp */
3092       workset.round=DEC_ROUND_DOWN;
3093       decMultiplyOp(b, b, b, &workset, &ignore);  /* b = mulrd(b, b) */
3094       decCompareOp(b, b, f, &workset, COMPARE, &ignore);   /* b ? f */
3095       if (decNumberIsNegative(b)) {		  /* b < f */
3096 	t->exponent++;				  /* make 1.0 ulp */
3097 	t->lsu[0]=1;				  /* .. */
3098 	decAddOp(a, a, t, &workset, 0, &ignore);  /* a = a + 1 ulp */
3099 	/* assign to approx [round to length] */
3100 	approxset.emin-=exp/2;			  /* adjust to match a */
3101 	approxset.emax-=exp/2;
3102 	decAddOp(a, &dzero, a, &approxset, 0, &ignore);
3103 	}
3104       }
3105     /* [no errors are possible in the above, and rounding/inexact during */
3106     /* estimation are irrelevant, so status was not accumulated] */
3107 
3108     /* Here, 0.1 <= a < 1  (still), so adjust back */
3109     a->exponent+=exp/2;			     /* set correct exponent */
3110 
3111     /* count droppable zeros [after any subnormal rounding] by */
3112     /* trimming a copy */
3113     decNumberCopy(b, a);
3114     decTrim(b, set, 1, &dropped);	     /* [drops trailing zeros] */
3115 
3116     /* Set Inexact and Rounded.	 The answer can only be exact if */
3117     /* it is short enough so that squaring it could fit in workp digits, */
3118     /* and it cannot have trailing zeros due to clamping, so these are */
3119     /* the only (relatively rare) conditions a careful check is needed */
3120     if (b->digits*2-1 > workp && !set->clamp) { /* cannot fit */
3121       status|=DEC_Inexact|DEC_Rounded;
3122       }
3123      else {				     /* could be exact/unrounded */
3124       uInt mstatus=0;			     /* local status */
3125       decMultiplyOp(b, b, b, &workset, &mstatus); /* try the multiply */
3126       if (mstatus&DEC_Overflow) {	     /* result just won't fit */
3127 	status|=DEC_Inexact|DEC_Rounded;
3128 	}
3129        else {				     /* plausible */
3130 	decCompareOp(t, b, rhs, &workset, COMPARE, &mstatus); /* b ? rhs */
3131 	if (!ISZERO(t)) status|=DEC_Inexact|DEC_Rounded; /* not equal */
3132 	 else {				     /* is Exact */
3133 	  /* here, dropped is the count of trailing zeros in 'a' */
3134 	  /* use closest exponent to ideal... */
3135 	  Int todrop=ideal-a->exponent;	     /* most that can be dropped */
3136 	  if (todrop<0) status|=DEC_Rounded; /* ideally would add 0s */
3137 	   else {			     /* unrounded */
3138 	    if (dropped<todrop) {	     /* clamp to those available */
3139 	      todrop=dropped;
3140 	      status|=DEC_Clamped;
3141 	      }
3142 	    if (todrop>0) {		     /* have some to drop */
3143 	      decShiftToLeast(a->lsu, D2U(a->digits), todrop);
3144 	      a->exponent+=todrop;	     /* maintain numerical value */
3145 	      a->digits-=todrop;	     /* new length */
3146 	      }
3147 	    }
3148 	  }
3149 	}
3150       }
3151 
3152     /* double-check Underflow, as perhaps the result could not have */
3153     /* been subnormal (initial argument too big), or it is now Exact */
3154     if (status&DEC_Underflow) {
3155       Int ae=rhs->exponent+rhs->digits-1;    /* adjusted exponent */
3156       /* check if truly subnormal */
3157       #if DECEXTFLAG			     /* DEC_Subnormal too */
3158 	if (ae>=set->emin*2) status&=~(DEC_Subnormal|DEC_Underflow);
3159       #else
3160 	if (ae>=set->emin*2) status&=~DEC_Underflow;
3161       #endif
3162       /* check if truly inexact */
3163       if (!(status&DEC_Inexact)) status&=~DEC_Underflow;
3164       }
3165 
3166     decNumberCopy(res, a);		     /* a is now the result */
3167     } while(0);				     /* end protected */
3168 
3169   if (allocbuff!=NULL) free(allocbuff);	     /* drop any storage used */
3170   if (allocbufa!=NULL) free(allocbufa);	     /* .. */
3171   if (allocbufb!=NULL) free(allocbufb);	     /* .. */
3172   #if DECSUBSET
3173   if (allocrhs !=NULL) free(allocrhs);	     /* .. */
3174   #endif
3175   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);/* then report status */
3176   #if DECCHECK
3177   decCheckInexact(res, set);
3178   #endif
3179   return res;
3180   } /* decNumberSquareRoot */
3181 
3182 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3183 /* decNumberSubtract -- subtract two Numbers			      */
3184 /*								      */
3185 /*   This computes C = A - B					      */
3186 /*								      */
3187 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X-X)	      */
3188 /*   lhs is A							      */
3189 /*   rhs is B							      */
3190 /*   set is the context						      */
3191 /*								      */
3192 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
3193 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3194 decNumber * decNumberSubtract(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
3195 			      const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
3196   uInt status=0;			/* accumulator */
3197 
3198   decAddOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, DECNEG, &status);
3199   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
3200   #if DECCHECK
3201   decCheckInexact(res, set);
3202   #endif
3203   return res;
3204   } /* decNumberSubtract */
3205 
3206 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3207 /* decNumberToIntegralExact -- round-to-integral-value with InExact   */
3208 /* decNumberToIntegralValue -- round-to-integral-value		      */
3209 /*								      */
3210 /*   res is the result						      */
3211 /*   rhs is input number					      */
3212 /*   set is the context						      */
3213 /*								      */
3214 /* res must have space for any value of rhs.			      */
3215 /*								      */
3216 /* This implements the IEEE special operators and therefore treats    */
3217 /* special values as valid.  For finite numbers it returns	      */
3218 /* rescale(rhs, 0) if rhs->exponent is <0.			      */
3219 /* Otherwise the result is rhs (so no error is possible, except for   */
3220 /* sNaN).							      */
3221 /*								      */
3222 /* The context is used for rounding mode and status after sNaN, but   */
3223 /* the digits setting is ignored.  The Exact version will signal      */
3224 /* Inexact if the result differs numerically from rhs; the other      */
3225 /* never signals Inexact.					      */
3226 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3227 decNumber * decNumberToIntegralExact(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
3228 				     decContext *set) {
3229   decNumber dn;
3230   decContext workset;		   /* working context */
3231   uInt status=0;		   /* accumulator */
3232 
3233   #if DECCHECK
3234   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
3235   #endif
3236 
3237   /* handle infinities and NaNs */
3238   if (SPECIALARG) {
3239     if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) decNumberCopy(res, rhs); /* an Infinity */
3240      else decNaNs(res, rhs, NULL, set, &status); /* a NaN */
3241     }
3242    else { /* finite */
3243     /* have a finite number; no error possible (res must be big enough) */
3244     if (rhs->exponent>=0) return decNumberCopy(res, rhs);
3245     /* that was easy, but if negative exponent there is work to do... */
3246     workset=*set;		   /* clone rounding, etc. */
3247     workset.digits=rhs->digits;	   /* no length rounding */
3248     workset.traps=0;		   /* no traps */
3249     decNumberZero(&dn);		   /* make a number with exponent 0 */
3250     decNumberQuantize(res, rhs, &dn, &workset);
3251     status|=workset.status;
3252     }
3253   if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
3254   return res;
3255   } /* decNumberToIntegralExact */
3256 
3257 decNumber * decNumberToIntegralValue(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
3258 				     decContext *set) {
3259   decContext workset=*set;	   /* working context */
3260   workset.traps=0;		   /* no traps */
3261   decNumberToIntegralExact(res, rhs, &workset);
3262   /* this never affects set, except for sNaNs; NaN will have been set */
3263   /* or propagated already, so no need to call decStatus */
3264   set->status|=workset.status&DEC_Invalid_operation;
3265   return res;
3266   } /* decNumberToIntegralValue */
3267 
3268 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3269 /* decNumberXor -- XOR two Numbers, digitwise			      */
3270 /*								      */
3271 /*   This computes C = A ^ B					      */
3272 /*								      */
3273 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X^X)	      */
3274 /*   lhs is A							      */
3275 /*   rhs is B							      */
3276 /*   set is the context (used for result length and error report)     */
3277 /*								      */
3278 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
3279 /*								      */
3280 /* Logical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is	      */
3281 /* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated.      */
3282 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3283 decNumber * decNumberXor(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
3284 			 const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
3285   const Unit *ua, *ub;			/* -> operands */
3286   const Unit *msua, *msub;		/* -> operand msus */
3287   Unit	*uc, *msuc;			/* -> result and its msu */
3288   Int	msudigs;			/* digits in res msu */
3289   #if DECCHECK
3290   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
3291   #endif
3292 
3293   if (lhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(lhs) || decNumberIsNegative(lhs)
3294    || rhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(rhs) || decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
3295     decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
3296     return res;
3297     }
3298   /* operands are valid */
3299   ua=lhs->lsu;				/* bottom-up */
3300   ub=rhs->lsu;				/* .. */
3301   uc=res->lsu;				/* .. */
3302   msua=ua+D2U(lhs->digits)-1;		/* -> msu of lhs */
3303   msub=ub+D2U(rhs->digits)-1;		/* -> msu of rhs */
3304   msuc=uc+D2U(set->digits)-1;		/* -> msu of result */
3305   msudigs=MSUDIGITS(set->digits);	/* [faster than remainder] */
3306   for (; uc<=msuc; ua++, ub++, uc++) {	/* Unit loop */
3307     Unit a, b;				/* extract units */
3308     if (ua>msua) a=0;
3309      else a=*ua;
3310     if (ub>msub) b=0;
3311      else b=*ub;
3312     *uc=0;				/* can now write back */
3313     if (a|b) {				/* maybe 1 bits to examine */
3314       Int i, j;
3315       /* This loop could be unrolled and/or use BIN2BCD tables */
3316       for (i=0; i<DECDPUN; i++) {
3317 	if ((a^b)&1) *uc=*uc+(Unit)powers[i];	  /* effect XOR */
3318 	j=a%10;
3319 	a=a/10;
3320 	j|=b%10;
3321 	b=b/10;
3322 	if (j>1) {
3323 	  decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
3324 	  return res;
3325 	  }
3326 	if (uc==msuc && i==msudigs-1) break;	  /* just did final digit */
3327 	} /* each digit */
3328       } /* non-zero */
3329     } /* each unit */
3330   /* [here uc-1 is the msu of the result] */
3331   res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, uc-res->lsu);
3332   res->exponent=0;			/* integer */
3333   res->bits=0;				/* sign=0 */
3334   return res;  /* [no status to set] */
3335   } /* decNumberXor */
3336 
3337 
3338 /* ================================================================== */
3339 /* Utility routines						      */
3340 /* ================================================================== */
3341 
3342 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3343 /* decNumberClass -- return the decClass of a decNumber		      */
3344 /*   dn -- the decNumber to test				      */
3345 /*   set -- the context to use for Emin				      */
3346 /*   returns the decClass enum					      */
3347 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3348 enum decClass decNumberClass(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
3349   if (decNumberIsSpecial(dn)) {
3350     if (decNumberIsQNaN(dn)) return DEC_CLASS_QNAN;
3351     if (decNumberIsSNaN(dn)) return DEC_CLASS_SNAN;
3352     /* must be an infinity */
3353     if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) return DEC_CLASS_NEG_INF;
3354     return DEC_CLASS_POS_INF;
3355     }
3356   /* is finite */
3357   if (decNumberIsNormal(dn, set)) { /* most common */
3358     if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) return DEC_CLASS_NEG_NORMAL;
3359     return DEC_CLASS_POS_NORMAL;
3360     }
3361   /* is subnormal or zero */
3362   if (decNumberIsZero(dn)) {	/* most common */
3363     if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) return DEC_CLASS_NEG_ZERO;
3364     return DEC_CLASS_POS_ZERO;
3365     }
3366   if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) return DEC_CLASS_NEG_SUBNORMAL;
3367   return DEC_CLASS_POS_SUBNORMAL;
3368   } /* decNumberClass */
3369 
3370 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3371 /* decNumberClassToString -- convert decClass to a string	      */
3372 /*								      */
3373 /*  eclass is a valid decClass					      */
3374 /*  returns a constant string describing the class (max 13+1 chars)   */
3375 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3376 const char *decNumberClassToString(enum decClass eclass) {
3377   if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_POS_NORMAL)    return DEC_ClassString_PN;
3378   if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_NEG_NORMAL)    return DEC_ClassString_NN;
3379   if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_POS_ZERO)      return DEC_ClassString_PZ;
3380   if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_NEG_ZERO)      return DEC_ClassString_NZ;
3381   if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_POS_SUBNORMAL) return DEC_ClassString_PS;
3382   if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_NEG_SUBNORMAL) return DEC_ClassString_NS;
3383   if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_POS_INF)       return DEC_ClassString_PI;
3384   if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_NEG_INF)       return DEC_ClassString_NI;
3385   if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_QNAN)	       return DEC_ClassString_QN;
3386   if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_SNAN)	       return DEC_ClassString_SN;
3387   return DEC_ClassString_UN;	       /* Unknown */
3388   } /* decNumberClassToString */
3389 
3390 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3391 /* decNumberCopy -- copy a number				      */
3392 /*								      */
3393 /*   dest is the target decNumber				      */
3394 /*   src  is the source decNumber				      */
3395 /*   returns dest						      */
3396 /*								      */
3397 /* (dest==src is allowed and is a no-op)			      */
3398 /* All fields are updated as required.	This is a utility operation,  */
3399 /* so special values are unchanged and no error is possible.	      */
3400 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3401 decNumber * decNumberCopy(decNumber *dest, const decNumber *src) {
3402 
3403   #if DECCHECK
3404   if (src==NULL) return decNumberZero(dest);
3405   #endif
3406 
3407   if (dest==src) return dest;		     /* no copy required */
3408 
3409   /* Use explicit assignments here as structure assignment could copy */
3410   /* more than just the lsu (for small DECDPUN).  This would not affect */
3411   /* the value of the results, but could disturb test harness spill */
3412   /* checking. */
3413   dest->bits=src->bits;
3414   dest->exponent=src->exponent;
3415   dest->digits=src->digits;
3416   dest->lsu[0]=src->lsu[0];
3417   if (src->digits>DECDPUN) {		     /* more Units to come */
3418     const Unit *smsup, *s;		     /* work */
3419     Unit  *d;				     /* .. */
3420     /* memcpy for the remaining Units would be safe as they cannot */
3421     /* overlap.	 However, this explicit loop is faster in short cases. */
3422     d=dest->lsu+1;			     /* -> first destination */
3423     smsup=src->lsu+D2U(src->digits);	     /* -> source msu+1 */
3424     for (s=src->lsu+1; s<smsup; s++, d++) *d=*s;
3425     }
3426   return dest;
3427   } /* decNumberCopy */
3428 
3429 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3430 /* decNumberCopyAbs -- quiet absolute value operator		      */
3431 /*								      */
3432 /*   This sets C = abs(A)					      */
3433 /*								      */
3434 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
3435 /*   rhs is A							      */
3436 /*								      */
3437 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
3438 /* No exception or error can occur; this is a quiet bitwise operation.*/
3439 /* See also decNumberAbs for a checking version of this.	      */
3440 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3441 decNumber * decNumberCopyAbs(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs) {
3442   #if DECCHECK
3443   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, DECUNCONT)) return res;
3444   #endif
3445   decNumberCopy(res, rhs);
3446   res->bits&=~DECNEG;			/* turn off sign */
3447   return res;
3448   } /* decNumberCopyAbs */
3449 
3450 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3451 /* decNumberCopyNegate -- quiet negate value operator		      */
3452 /*								      */
3453 /*   This sets C = negate(A)					      */
3454 /*								      */
3455 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
3456 /*   rhs is A							      */
3457 /*								      */
3458 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
3459 /* No exception or error can occur; this is a quiet bitwise operation.*/
3460 /* See also decNumberMinus for a checking version of this.	      */
3461 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3462 decNumber * decNumberCopyNegate(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs) {
3463   #if DECCHECK
3464   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, DECUNCONT)) return res;
3465   #endif
3466   decNumberCopy(res, rhs);
3467   res->bits^=DECNEG;			/* invert the sign */
3468   return res;
3469   } /* decNumberCopyNegate */
3470 
3471 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3472 /* decNumberCopySign -- quiet copy and set sign operator	      */
3473 /*								      */
3474 /*   This sets C = A with the sign of B				      */
3475 /*								      */
3476 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
3477 /*   lhs is A							      */
3478 /*   rhs is B							      */
3479 /*								      */
3480 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
3481 /* No exception or error can occur; this is a quiet bitwise operation.*/
3482 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3483 decNumber * decNumberCopySign(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
3484 			      const decNumber *rhs) {
3485   uByte sign;				/* rhs sign */
3486   #if DECCHECK
3487   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, DECUNCONT)) return res;
3488   #endif
3489   sign=rhs->bits & DECNEG;		/* save sign bit */
3490   decNumberCopy(res, lhs);
3491   res->bits&=~DECNEG;			/* clear the sign */
3492   res->bits|=sign;			/* set from rhs */
3493   return res;
3494   } /* decNumberCopySign */
3495 
3496 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3497 /* decNumberGetBCD -- get the coefficient in BCD8		      */
3498 /*   dn is the source decNumber					      */
3499 /*   bcd is the uInt array that will receive dn->digits BCD bytes,    */
3500 /*     most-significant at offset 0				      */
3501 /*   returns bcd						      */
3502 /*								      */
3503 /* bcd must have at least dn->digits bytes.  No error is possible; if */
3504 /* dn is a NaN or Infinite, digits must be 1 and the coefficient 0.   */
3505 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3506 uByte * decNumberGetBCD(const decNumber *dn, uint8_t *bcd) {
3507   uByte *ub=bcd+dn->digits-1;	   /* -> lsd */
3508   const Unit *up=dn->lsu;	   /* Unit pointer, -> lsu */
3509 
3510   #if DECDPUN==1		   /* trivial simple copy */
3511     for (; ub>=bcd; ub--, up++) *ub=*up;
3512   #else				   /* chopping needed */
3513     uInt u=*up;			   /* work */
3514     uInt cut=DECDPUN;		   /* downcounter through unit */
3515     for (; ub>=bcd; ub--) {
3516       *ub=(uByte)(u%10);	   /* [*6554 trick inhibits, here] */
3517       u=u/10;
3518       cut--;
3519       if (cut>0) continue;	   /* more in this unit */
3520       up++;
3521       u=*up;
3522       cut=DECDPUN;
3523       }
3524   #endif
3525   return bcd;
3526   } /* decNumberGetBCD */
3527 
3528 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3529 /* decNumberSetBCD -- set (replace) the coefficient from BCD8	      */
3530 /*   dn is the target decNumber					      */
3531 /*   bcd is the uInt array that will source n BCD bytes, most-	      */
3532 /*     significant at offset 0					      */
3533 /*   n is the number of digits in the source BCD array (bcd)	      */
3534 /*   returns dn							      */
3535 /*								      */
3536 /* dn must have space for at least n digits.  No error is possible;   */
3537 /* if dn is a NaN, or Infinite, or is to become a zero, n must be 1   */
3538 /* and bcd[0] zero.						      */
3539 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3540 decNumber * decNumberSetBCD(decNumber *dn, const uByte *bcd, uInt n) {
3541   Unit *up = dn->lsu + D2U(n) - 1;      /* -> msu [target pointer] */
3542   const uByte *ub=bcd;			/* -> source msd */
3543 
3544   #if DECDPUN==1			/* trivial simple copy */
3545     for (; ub<bcd+n; ub++, up--) *up=*ub;
3546   #else					/* some assembly needed */
3547     /* calculate how many digits in msu, and hence first cut */
3548     Int cut=MSUDIGITS(n);		/* [faster than remainder] */
3549     for (;up>=dn->lsu; up--) {		/* each Unit from msu */
3550       *up=0;				/* will take <=DECDPUN digits */
3551       for (; cut>0; ub++, cut--) *up=X10(*up)+*ub;
3552       cut=DECDPUN;			/* next Unit has all digits */
3553       }
3554   #endif
3555   dn->digits=n;				/* set digit count */
3556   return dn;
3557   } /* decNumberSetBCD */
3558 
3559 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3560 /* decNumberIsNormal -- test normality of a decNumber		      */
3561 /*   dn is the decNumber to test				      */
3562 /*   set is the context to use for Emin				      */
3563 /*   returns 1 if |dn| is finite and >=Nmin, 0 otherwise	      */
3564 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3565 Int decNumberIsNormal(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
3566   Int ae;				/* adjusted exponent */
3567   #if DECCHECK
3568   if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, DECUNUSED, dn, set)) return 0;
3569   #endif
3570 
3571   if (decNumberIsSpecial(dn)) return 0; /* not finite */
3572   if (decNumberIsZero(dn)) return 0;	/* not non-zero */
3573 
3574   ae=dn->exponent+dn->digits-1;		/* adjusted exponent */
3575   if (ae<set->emin) return 0;		/* is subnormal */
3576   return 1;
3577   } /* decNumberIsNormal */
3578 
3579 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3580 /* decNumberIsSubnormal -- test subnormality of a decNumber	      */
3581 /*   dn is the decNumber to test				      */
3582 /*   set is the context to use for Emin				      */
3583 /*   returns 1 if |dn| is finite, non-zero, and <Nmin, 0 otherwise    */
3584 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3585 Int decNumberIsSubnormal(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
3586   Int ae;				/* adjusted exponent */
3587   #if DECCHECK
3588   if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, DECUNUSED, dn, set)) return 0;
3589   #endif
3590 
3591   if (decNumberIsSpecial(dn)) return 0; /* not finite */
3592   if (decNumberIsZero(dn)) return 0;	/* not non-zero */
3593 
3594   ae=dn->exponent+dn->digits-1;		/* adjusted exponent */
3595   if (ae<set->emin) return 1;		/* is subnormal */
3596   return 0;
3597   } /* decNumberIsSubnormal */
3598 
3599 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3600 /* decNumberTrim -- remove insignificant zeros			      */
3601 /*								      */
3602 /*   dn is the number to trim					      */
3603 /*   returns dn							      */
3604 /*								      */
3605 /* All fields are updated as required.	This is a utility operation,  */
3606 /* so special values are unchanged and no error is possible.	      */
3607 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3608 decNumber * decNumberTrim(decNumber *dn) {
3609   Int  dropped;			   /* work */
3610   decContext set;		   /* .. */
3611   #if DECCHECK
3612   if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, DECUNUSED, dn, DECUNCONT)) return dn;
3613   #endif
3614   decContextDefault(&set, DEC_INIT_BASE);    /* clamp=0 */
3615   return decTrim(dn, &set, 0, &dropped);
3616   } /* decNumberTrim */
3617 
3618 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3619 /* decNumberVersion -- return the name and version of this module     */
3620 /*								      */
3621 /* No error is possible.					      */
3622 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3623 const char * decNumberVersion(void) {
3624   return DECVERSION;
3625   } /* decNumberVersion */
3626 
3627 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3628 /* decNumberZero -- set a number to 0				      */
3629 /*								      */
3630 /*   dn is the number to set, with space for one digit		      */
3631 /*   returns dn							      */
3632 /*								      */
3633 /* No error is possible.					      */
3634 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3635 /* Memset is not used as it is much slower in some environments. */
3636 decNumber * decNumberZero(decNumber *dn) {
3637 
3638   #if DECCHECK
3639   if (decCheckOperands(dn, DECUNUSED, DECUNUSED, DECUNCONT)) return dn;
3640   #endif
3641 
3642   dn->bits=0;
3643   dn->exponent=0;
3644   dn->digits=1;
3645   dn->lsu[0]=0;
3646   return dn;
3647   } /* decNumberZero */
3648 
3649 /* ================================================================== */
3650 /* Local routines						      */
3651 /* ================================================================== */
3652 
3653 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3654 /* decToString -- lay out a number into a string		      */
3655 /*								      */
3656 /*   dn	    is the number to lay out				      */
3657 /*   string is where to lay out the number			      */
3658 /*   eng    is 1 if Engineering, 0 if Scientific		      */
3659 /*								      */
3660 /* string must be at least dn->digits+14 characters long	      */
3661 /* No error is possible.					      */
3662 /*								      */
3663 /* Note that this routine can generate a -0 or 0.000.  These are      */
3664 /* never generated in subset to-number or arithmetic, but can occur   */
3665 /* in non-subset arithmetic (e.g., -1*0 or 1.234-1.234).	      */
3666 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3667 /* If DECCHECK is enabled the string "?" is returned if a number is */
3668 /* invalid. */
3669 static void decToString(const decNumber *dn, char *string, Flag eng) {
3670   Int exp=dn->exponent;	      /* local copy */
3671   Int e;		      /* E-part value */
3672   Int pre;		      /* digits before the '.' */
3673   Int cut;		      /* for counting digits in a Unit */
3674   char *c=string;	      /* work [output pointer] */
3675   const Unit *up=dn->lsu+D2U(dn->digits)-1; /* -> msu [input pointer] */
3676   uInt u, pow;		      /* work */
3677 
3678   #if DECCHECK
3679   if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, dn, DECUNUSED, DECUNCONT)) {
3680     strcpy(string, "?");
3681     return;}
3682   #endif
3683 
3684   if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) {   /* Negatives get a minus */
3685     *c='-';
3686     c++;
3687     }
3688   if (dn->bits&DECSPECIAL) {	   /* Is a special value */
3689     if (decNumberIsInfinite(dn)) {
3690       strcpy(c,	  "Inf");
3691       strcpy(c+3, "inity");
3692       return;}
3693     /* a NaN */
3694     if (dn->bits&DECSNAN) {	   /* signalling NaN */
3695       *c='s';
3696       c++;
3697       }
3698     strcpy(c, "NaN");
3699     c+=3;			   /* step past */
3700     /* if not a clean non-zero coefficient, that's all there is in a */
3701     /* NaN string */
3702     if (exp!=0 || (*dn->lsu==0 && dn->digits==1)) return;
3703     /* [drop through to add integer] */
3704     }
3705 
3706   /* calculate how many digits in msu, and hence first cut */
3707   cut=MSUDIGITS(dn->digits);	   /* [faster than remainder] */
3708   cut--;			   /* power of ten for digit */
3709 
3710   if (exp==0) {			   /* simple integer [common fastpath] */
3711     for (;up>=dn->lsu; up--) {	   /* each Unit from msu */
3712       u=*up;			   /* contains DECDPUN digits to lay out */
3713       for (; cut>=0; c++, cut--) TODIGIT(u, cut, c, pow);
3714       cut=DECDPUN-1;		   /* next Unit has all digits */
3715       }
3716     *c='\0';			   /* terminate the string */
3717     return;}
3718 
3719   /* non-0 exponent -- assume plain form */
3720   pre=dn->digits+exp;		   /* digits before '.' */
3721   e=0;				   /* no E */
3722   if ((exp>0) || (pre<-5)) {	   /* need exponential form */
3723     e=exp+dn->digits-1;		   /* calculate E value */
3724     pre=1;			   /* assume one digit before '.' */
3725     if (eng && (e!=0)) {	   /* engineering: may need to adjust */
3726       Int adj;			   /* adjustment */
3727       /* The C remainder operator is undefined for negative numbers, so */
3728       /* a positive remainder calculation must be used here */
3729       if (e<0) {
3730 	adj=(-e)%3;
3731 	if (adj!=0) adj=3-adj;
3732 	}
3733        else { /* e>0 */
3734 	adj=e%3;
3735 	}
3736       e=e-adj;
3737       /* if dealing with zero still produce an exponent which is a */
3738       /* multiple of three, as expected, but there will only be the */
3739       /* one zero before the E, still.	Otherwise note the padding. */
3740       if (!ISZERO(dn)) pre+=adj;
3741        else {  /* is zero */
3742 	if (adj!=0) {		   /* 0.00Esnn needed */
3743 	  e=e+3;
3744 	  pre=-(2-adj);
3745 	  }
3746 	} /* zero */
3747       } /* eng */
3748     } /* need exponent */
3749 
3750   /* lay out the digits of the coefficient, adding 0s and . as needed */
3751   u=*up;
3752   if (pre>0) {			   /* xxx.xxx or xx00 (engineering) form */
3753     Int n=pre;
3754     for (; pre>0; pre--, c++, cut--) {
3755       if (cut<0) {		   /* need new Unit */
3756 	if (up==dn->lsu) break;	   /* out of input digits (pre>digits) */
3757 	up--;
3758 	cut=DECDPUN-1;
3759 	u=*up;
3760 	}
3761       TODIGIT(u, cut, c, pow);
3762       }
3763     if (n<dn->digits) {		   /* more to come, after '.' */
3764       *c='.'; c++;
3765       for (;; c++, cut--) {
3766 	if (cut<0) {		   /* need new Unit */
3767 	  if (up==dn->lsu) break;  /* out of input digits */
3768 	  up--;
3769 	  cut=DECDPUN-1;
3770 	  u=*up;
3771 	  }
3772 	TODIGIT(u, cut, c, pow);
3773 	}
3774       }
3775      else for (; pre>0; pre--, c++) *c='0'; /* 0 padding (for engineering) needed */
3776     }
3777    else {			   /* 0.xxx or 0.000xxx form */
3778     *c='0'; c++;
3779     *c='.'; c++;
3780     for (; pre<0; pre++, c++) *c='0';	/* add any 0's after '.' */
3781     for (; ; c++, cut--) {
3782       if (cut<0) {		   /* need new Unit */
3783 	if (up==dn->lsu) break;	   /* out of input digits */
3784 	up--;
3785 	cut=DECDPUN-1;
3786 	u=*up;
3787 	}
3788       TODIGIT(u, cut, c, pow);
3789       }
3790     }
3791 
3792   /* Finally add the E-part, if needed.	 It will never be 0, has a
3793      base maximum and minimum of +999999999 through -999999999, but
3794      could range down to -1999999998 for anormal numbers */
3795   if (e!=0) {
3796     Flag had=0;		      /* 1=had non-zero */
3797     *c='E'; c++;
3798     *c='+'; c++;	      /* assume positive */
3799     u=e;		      /* .. */
3800     if (e<0) {
3801       *(c-1)='-';	      /* oops, need - */
3802       u=-e;		      /* uInt, please */
3803       }
3804     /* lay out the exponent [_itoa or equivalent is not ANSI C] */
3805     for (cut=9; cut>=0; cut--) {
3806       TODIGIT(u, cut, c, pow);
3807       if (*c=='0' && !had) continue;	/* skip leading zeros */
3808       had=1;				/* had non-0 */
3809       c++;				/* step for next */
3810       } /* cut */
3811     }
3812   *c='\0';	    /* terminate the string (all paths) */
3813   return;
3814   } /* decToString */
3815 
3816 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3817 /* decAddOp -- add/subtract operation				      */
3818 /*								      */
3819 /*   This computes C = A + B					      */
3820 /*								      */
3821 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X+X)	      */
3822 /*   lhs is A							      */
3823 /*   rhs is B							      */
3824 /*   set is the context						      */
3825 /*   negate is DECNEG if rhs should be negated, or 0 otherwise	      */
3826 /*   status accumulates status for the caller			      */
3827 /*								      */
3828 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
3829 /* Inexact in status must be 0 for correct Exact zero sign in result  */
3830 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3831 /* If possible, the coefficient is calculated directly into C.	      */
3832 /* However, if:							      */
3833 /*   -- a digits+1 calculation is needed because the numbers are      */
3834 /*	unaligned and span more than set->digits digits		      */
3835 /*   -- a carry to digits+1 digits looks possible		      */
3836 /*   -- C is the same as A or B, and the result would destructively   */
3837 /*	overlap the A or B coefficient				      */
3838 /* then the result must be calculated into a temporary buffer.	In    */
3839 /* this case a local (stack) buffer is used if possible, and only if  */
3840 /* too long for that does malloc become the final resort.	      */
3841 /*								      */
3842 /* Misalignment is handled as follows:				      */
3843 /*   Apad: (AExp>BExp) Swap operands and proceed as for BExp>AExp.    */
3844 /*   BPad: Apply the padding by a combination of shifting (whole      */
3845 /*	   units) and multiplication (part units).		      */
3846 /*								      */
3847 /* Addition, especially x=x+1, is speed-critical.		      */
3848 /* The static buffer is larger than might be expected to allow for    */
3849 /* calls from higher-level functions (notably exp).		      */
3850 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3851 static decNumber * decAddOp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
3852 			    const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set,
3853 			    uByte negate, uInt *status) {
3854   #if DECSUBSET
3855   decNumber *alloclhs=NULL;	   /* non-NULL if rounded lhs allocated */
3856   decNumber *allocrhs=NULL;	   /* .., rhs */
3857   #endif
3858   Int	rhsshift;		   /* working shift (in Units) */
3859   Int	maxdigits;		   /* longest logical length */
3860   Int	mult;			   /* multiplier */
3861   Int	residue;		   /* rounding accumulator */
3862   uByte bits;			   /* result bits */
3863   Flag	diffsign;		   /* non-0 if arguments have different sign */
3864   Unit	*acc;			   /* accumulator for result */
3865   Unit	accbuff[SD2U(DECBUFFER*2+20)]; /* local buffer [*2+20 reduces many */
3866 				   /* allocations when called from */
3867 				   /* other operations, notable exp] */
3868   Unit	*allocacc=NULL;		   /* -> allocated acc buffer, iff allocated */
3869   Int	reqdigits=set->digits;	   /* local copy; requested DIGITS */
3870   Int	padding;		   /* work */
3871 
3872   #if DECCHECK
3873   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
3874   #endif
3875 
3876   do {				   /* protect allocated storage */
3877     #if DECSUBSET
3878     if (!set->extended) {
3879       /* reduce operands and set lostDigits status, as needed */
3880       if (lhs->digits>reqdigits) {
3881 	alloclhs=decRoundOperand(lhs, set, status);
3882 	if (alloclhs==NULL) break;
3883 	lhs=alloclhs;
3884 	}
3885       if (rhs->digits>reqdigits) {
3886 	allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, status);
3887 	if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
3888 	rhs=allocrhs;
3889 	}
3890       }
3891     #endif
3892     /* [following code does not require input rounding] */
3893 
3894     /* note whether signs differ [used all paths] */
3895     diffsign=(Flag)((lhs->bits^rhs->bits^negate)&DECNEG);
3896 
3897     /* handle infinities and NaNs */
3898     if (SPECIALARGS) {			/* a special bit set */
3899       if (SPECIALARGS & (DECSNAN | DECNAN))  /* a NaN */
3900 	decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, status);
3901        else { /* one or two infinities */
3902 	if (decNumberIsInfinite(lhs)) { /* LHS is infinity */
3903 	  /* two infinities with different signs is invalid */
3904 	  if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs) && diffsign) {
3905 	    *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
3906 	    break;
3907 	    }
3908 	  bits=lhs->bits & DECNEG;	/* get sign from LHS */
3909 	  }
3910 	 else bits=(rhs->bits^negate) & DECNEG;/* RHS must be Infinity */
3911 	bits|=DECINF;
3912 	decNumberZero(res);
3913 	res->bits=bits;			/* set +/- infinity */
3914 	} /* an infinity */
3915       break;
3916       }
3917 
3918     /* Quick exit for add 0s; return the non-0, modified as need be */
3919     if (ISZERO(lhs)) {
3920       Int adjust;			/* work */
3921       Int lexp=lhs->exponent;		/* save in case LHS==RES */
3922       bits=lhs->bits;			/* .. */
3923       residue=0;			/* clear accumulator */
3924       decCopyFit(res, rhs, set, &residue, status); /* copy (as needed) */
3925       res->bits^=negate;		/* flip if rhs was negated */
3926       #if DECSUBSET
3927       if (set->extended) {		/* exponents on zeros count */
3928       #endif
3929 	/* exponent will be the lower of the two */
3930 	adjust=lexp-res->exponent;	/* adjustment needed [if -ve] */
3931 	if (ISZERO(res)) {		/* both 0: special IEEE 854 rules */
3932 	  if (adjust<0) res->exponent=lexp;  /* set exponent */
3933 	  /* 0-0 gives +0 unless rounding to -infinity, and -0-0 gives -0 */
3934 	  if (diffsign) {
3935 	    if (set->round!=DEC_ROUND_FLOOR) res->bits=0;
3936 	     else res->bits=DECNEG;	/* preserve 0 sign */
3937 	    }
3938 	  }
3939 	 else { /* non-0 res */
3940 	  if (adjust<0) {     /* 0-padding needed */
3941 	    if ((res->digits-adjust)>set->digits) {
3942 	      adjust=res->digits-set->digits;	  /* to fit exactly */
3943 	      *status|=DEC_Rounded;		  /* [but exact] */
3944 	      }
3945 	    res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, res->digits, -adjust);
3946 	    res->exponent+=adjust;		  /* set the exponent. */
3947 	    }
3948 	  } /* non-0 res */
3949       #if DECSUBSET
3950 	} /* extended */
3951       #endif
3952       decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);	  /* clean and finalize */
3953       break;}
3954 
3955     if (ISZERO(rhs)) {			/* [lhs is non-zero] */
3956       Int adjust;			/* work */
3957       Int rexp=rhs->exponent;		/* save in case RHS==RES */
3958       bits=rhs->bits;			/* be clean */
3959       residue=0;			/* clear accumulator */
3960       decCopyFit(res, lhs, set, &residue, status); /* copy (as needed) */
3961       #if DECSUBSET
3962       if (set->extended) {		/* exponents on zeros count */
3963       #endif
3964 	/* exponent will be the lower of the two */
3965 	/* [0-0 case handled above] */
3966 	adjust=rexp-res->exponent;	/* adjustment needed [if -ve] */
3967 	if (adjust<0) {	    /* 0-padding needed */
3968 	  if ((res->digits-adjust)>set->digits) {
3969 	    adjust=res->digits-set->digits;	/* to fit exactly */
3970 	    *status|=DEC_Rounded;		/* [but exact] */
3971 	    }
3972 	  res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, res->digits, -adjust);
3973 	  res->exponent+=adjust;		/* set the exponent. */
3974 	  }
3975       #if DECSUBSET
3976 	} /* extended */
3977       #endif
3978       decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);	  /* clean and finalize */
3979       break;}
3980 
3981     /* [NB: both fastpath and mainpath code below assume these cases */
3982     /* (notably 0-0) have already been handled] */
3983 
3984     /* calculate the padding needed to align the operands */
3985     padding=rhs->exponent-lhs->exponent;
3986 
3987     /* Fastpath cases where the numbers are aligned and normal, the RHS */
3988     /* is all in one unit, no operand rounding is needed, and no carry, */
3989     /* lengthening, or borrow is needed */
3990     if (padding==0
3991 	&& rhs->digits<=DECDPUN
3992 	&& rhs->exponent>=set->emin	/* [some normals drop through] */
3993 	&& rhs->exponent<=set->emax-set->digits+1 /* [could clamp] */
3994 	&& rhs->digits<=reqdigits
3995 	&& lhs->digits<=reqdigits) {
3996       Int partial=*lhs->lsu;
3997       if (!diffsign) {			/* adding */
3998 	partial+=*rhs->lsu;
3999 	if ((partial<=DECDPUNMAX)	/* result fits in unit */
4000 	 && (lhs->digits>=DECDPUN ||	/* .. and no digits-count change */
4001 	     partial<(Int)powers[lhs->digits])) { /* .. */
4002 	  if (res!=lhs) decNumberCopy(res, lhs);  /* not in place */
4003 	  *res->lsu=(Unit)partial;	/* [copy could have overwritten RHS] */
4004 	  break;
4005 	  }
4006 	/* else drop out for careful add */
4007 	}
4008        else {				/* signs differ */
4009 	partial-=*rhs->lsu;
4010 	if (partial>0) { /* no borrow needed, and non-0 result */
4011 	  if (res!=lhs) decNumberCopy(res, lhs);  /* not in place */
4012 	  *res->lsu=(Unit)partial;
4013 	  /* this could have reduced digits [but result>0] */
4014 	  res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, D2U(res->digits));
4015 	  break;
4016 	  }
4017 	/* else drop out for careful subtract */
4018 	}
4019       }
4020 
4021     /* Now align (pad) the lhs or rhs so they can be added or */
4022     /* subtracted, as necessary.  If one number is much larger than */
4023     /* the other (that is, if in plain form there is a least one */
4024     /* digit between the lowest digit of one and the highest of the */
4025     /* other) padding with up to DIGITS-1 trailing zeros may be */
4026     /* needed; then apply rounding (as exotic rounding modes may be */
4027     /* affected by the residue). */
4028     rhsshift=0;		      /* rhs shift to left (padding) in Units */
4029     bits=lhs->bits;	      /* assume sign is that of LHS */
4030     mult=1;		      /* likely multiplier */
4031 
4032     /* [if padding==0 the operands are aligned; no padding is needed] */
4033     if (padding!=0) {
4034       /* some padding needed; always pad the RHS, as any required */
4035       /* padding can then be effected by a simple combination of */
4036       /* shifts and a multiply */
4037       Flag swapped=0;
4038       if (padding<0) {			/* LHS needs the padding */
4039 	const decNumber *t;
4040 	padding=-padding;		/* will be +ve */
4041 	bits=(uByte)(rhs->bits^negate); /* assumed sign is now that of RHS */
4042 	t=lhs; lhs=rhs; rhs=t;
4043 	swapped=1;
4044 	}
4045 
4046       /* If, after pad, rhs would be longer than lhs by digits+1 or */
4047       /* more then lhs cannot affect the answer, except as a residue, */
4048       /* so only need to pad up to a length of DIGITS+1. */
4049       if (rhs->digits+padding > lhs->digits+reqdigits+1) {
4050 	/* The RHS is sufficient */
4051 	/* for residue use the relative sign indication... */
4052 	Int shift=reqdigits-rhs->digits;     /* left shift needed */
4053 	residue=1;			     /* residue for rounding */
4054 	if (diffsign) residue=-residue;	     /* signs differ */
4055 	/* copy, shortening if necessary */
4056 	decCopyFit(res, rhs, set, &residue, status);
4057 	/* if it was already shorter, then need to pad with zeros */
4058 	if (shift>0) {
4059 	  res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, res->digits, shift);
4060 	  res->exponent-=shift;		     /* adjust the exponent. */
4061 	  }
4062 	/* flip the result sign if unswapped and rhs was negated */
4063 	if (!swapped) res->bits^=negate;
4064 	decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);	  /* done */
4065 	break;}
4066 
4067       /* LHS digits may affect result */
4068       rhsshift=D2U(padding+1)-1;	/* this much by Unit shift .. */
4069       mult=powers[padding-(rhsshift*DECDPUN)]; /* .. this by multiplication */
4070       } /* padding needed */
4071 
4072     if (diffsign) mult=-mult;		/* signs differ */
4073 
4074     /* determine the longer operand */
4075     maxdigits=rhs->digits+padding;	/* virtual length of RHS */
4076     if (lhs->digits>maxdigits) maxdigits=lhs->digits;
4077 
4078     /* Decide on the result buffer to use; if possible place directly */
4079     /* into result. */
4080     acc=res->lsu;			/* assume add direct to result */
4081     /* If destructive overlap, or the number is too long, or a carry or */
4082     /* borrow to DIGITS+1 might be possible, a buffer must be used. */
4083     /* [Might be worth more sophisticated tests when maxdigits==reqdigits] */
4084     if ((maxdigits>=reqdigits)		/* is, or could be, too large */
4085      || (res==rhs && rhsshift>0)) {	/* destructive overlap */
4086       /* buffer needed, choose it; units for maxdigits digits will be */
4087       /* needed, +1 Unit for carry or borrow */
4088       Int need=D2U(maxdigits)+1;
4089       acc=accbuff;			/* assume use local buffer */
4090       if (need*sizeof(Unit)>sizeof(accbuff)) {
4091 	/* printf("malloc add %ld %ld\n", need, sizeof(accbuff)); */
4092 	allocacc=(Unit *)malloc(need*sizeof(Unit));
4093 	if (allocacc==NULL) {		/* hopeless -- abandon */
4094 	  *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
4095 	  break;}
4096 	acc=allocacc;
4097 	}
4098       }
4099 
4100     res->bits=(uByte)(bits&DECNEG);	/* it's now safe to overwrite.. */
4101     res->exponent=lhs->exponent;	/* .. operands (even if aliased) */
4102 
4103     #if DECTRACE
4104       decDumpAr('A', lhs->lsu, D2U(lhs->digits));
4105       decDumpAr('B', rhs->lsu, D2U(rhs->digits));
4106       printf("	:h: %ld %ld\n", rhsshift, mult);
4107     #endif
4108 
4109     /* add [A+B*m] or subtract [A+B*(-m)] */
4110     res->digits=decUnitAddSub(lhs->lsu, D2U(lhs->digits),
4111 			      rhs->lsu, D2U(rhs->digits),
4112 			      rhsshift, acc, mult)
4113 	       *DECDPUN;	   /* [units -> digits] */
4114     if (res->digits<0) {	   /* borrowed... */
4115       res->digits=-res->digits;
4116       res->bits^=DECNEG;	   /* flip the sign */
4117       }
4118     #if DECTRACE
4119       decDumpAr('+', acc, D2U(res->digits));
4120     #endif
4121 
4122     /* If a buffer was used the result must be copied back, possibly */
4123     /* shortening.  (If no buffer was used then the result must have */
4124     /* fit, so can't need rounding and residue must be 0.) */
4125     residue=0;			   /* clear accumulator */
4126     if (acc!=res->lsu) {
4127       #if DECSUBSET
4128       if (set->extended) {	   /* round from first significant digit */
4129       #endif
4130 	/* remove leading zeros that were added due to rounding up to */
4131 	/* integral Units -- before the test for rounding. */
4132 	if (res->digits>reqdigits)
4133 	  res->digits=decGetDigits(acc, D2U(res->digits));
4134 	decSetCoeff(res, set, acc, res->digits, &residue, status);
4135       #if DECSUBSET
4136 	}
4137        else { /* subset arithmetic rounds from original significant digit */
4138 	/* May have an underestimate.  This only occurs when both */
4139 	/* numbers fit in DECDPUN digits and are padding with a */
4140 	/* negative multiple (-10, -100...) and the top digit(s) become */
4141 	/* 0.  (This only matters when using X3.274 rules where the */
4142 	/* leading zero could be included in the rounding.) */
4143 	if (res->digits<maxdigits) {
4144 	  *(acc+D2U(res->digits))=0; /* ensure leading 0 is there */
4145 	  res->digits=maxdigits;
4146 	  }
4147 	 else {
4148 	  /* remove leading zeros that added due to rounding up to */
4149 	  /* integral Units (but only those in excess of the original */
4150 	  /* maxdigits length, unless extended) before test for rounding. */
4151 	  if (res->digits>reqdigits) {
4152 	    res->digits=decGetDigits(acc, D2U(res->digits));
4153 	    if (res->digits<maxdigits) res->digits=maxdigits;
4154 	    }
4155 	  }
4156 	decSetCoeff(res, set, acc, res->digits, &residue, status);
4157 	/* Now apply rounding if needed before removing leading zeros. */
4158 	/* This is safe because subnormals are not a possibility */
4159 	if (residue!=0) {
4160 	  decApplyRound(res, set, residue, status);
4161 	  residue=0;		     /* did what needed to be done */
4162 	  }
4163 	} /* subset */
4164       #endif
4165       } /* used buffer */
4166 
4167     /* strip leading zeros [these were left on in case of subset subtract] */
4168     res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, D2U(res->digits));
4169 
4170     /* apply checks and rounding */
4171     decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);
4172 
4173     /* "When the sum of two operands with opposite signs is exactly */
4174     /* zero, the sign of that sum shall be '+' in all rounding modes */
4175     /* except round toward -Infinity, in which mode that sign shall be */
4176     /* '-'."  [Subset zeros also never have '-', set by decFinish.] */
4177     if (ISZERO(res) && diffsign
4178      #if DECSUBSET
4179      && set->extended
4180      #endif
4181      && (*status&DEC_Inexact)==0) {
4182       if (set->round==DEC_ROUND_FLOOR) res->bits|=DECNEG;   /* sign - */
4183 				  else res->bits&=~DECNEG;  /* sign + */
4184       }
4185     } while(0);				     /* end protected */
4186 
4187   if (allocacc!=NULL) free(allocacc);	     /* drop any storage used */
4188   #if DECSUBSET
4189   if (allocrhs!=NULL) free(allocrhs);	     /* .. */
4190   if (alloclhs!=NULL) free(alloclhs);	     /* .. */
4191   #endif
4192   return res;
4193   } /* decAddOp */
4194 
4195 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
4196 /* decDivideOp -- division operation				      */
4197 /*								      */
4198 /*  This routine performs the calculations for all four division      */
4199 /*  operators (divide, divideInteger, remainder, remainderNear).      */
4200 /*								      */
4201 /*  C=A op B							      */
4202 /*								      */
4203 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X/X)	      */
4204 /*   lhs is A							      */
4205 /*   rhs is B							      */
4206 /*   set is the context						      */
4207 /*   op	 is DIVIDE, DIVIDEINT, REMAINDER, or REMNEAR respectively.    */
4208 /*   status is the usual accumulator				      */
4209 /*								      */
4210 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
4211 /*								      */
4212 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
4213 /*   The underlying algorithm of this routine is the same as in the   */
4214 /*   1981 S/370 implementation, that is, non-restoring long division  */
4215 /*   with bi-unit (rather than bi-digit) estimation for each unit     */
4216 /*   multiplier.  In this pseudocode overview, complications for the  */
4217 /*   Remainder operators and division residues for exact rounding are */
4218 /*   omitted for clarity.					      */
4219 /*								      */
4220 /*     Prepare operands and handle special values		      */
4221 /*     Test for x/0 and then 0/x				      */
4222 /*     Exp =Exp1 - Exp2						      */
4223 /*     Exp =Exp +len(var1) -len(var2)				      */
4224 /*     Sign=Sign1 * Sign2					      */
4225 /*     Pad accumulator (Var1) to double-length with 0's (pad1)	      */
4226 /*     Pad Var2 to same length as Var1				      */
4227 /*     msu2pair/plus=1st 2 or 1 units of var2, +1 to allow for round  */
4228 /*     have=0							      */
4229 /*     Do until (have=digits+1 OR residue=0)			      */
4230 /*	 if exp<0 then if integer divide/residue then leave	      */
4231 /*	 this_unit=0						      */
4232 /*	 Do forever						      */
4233 /*	    compare numbers					      */
4234 /*	    if <0 then leave inner_loop				      */
4235 /*	    if =0 then (* quick exit without subtract *) do	      */
4236 /*	       this_unit=this_unit+1; output this_unit		      */
4237 /*	       leave outer_loop; end				      */
4238 /*	    Compare lengths of numbers (mantissae):		      */
4239 /*	    If same then tops2=msu2pair -- {units 1&2 of var2}	      */
4240 /*		    else tops2=msu2plus -- {0, unit 1 of var2}	      */
4241 /*	    tops1=first_unit_of_Var1*10**DECDPUN +second_unit_of_var1 */
4242 /*	    mult=tops1/tops2  -- Good and safe guess at divisor	      */
4243 /*	    if mult=0 then mult=1				      */
4244 /*	    this_unit=this_unit+mult				      */
4245 /*	    subtract						      */
4246 /*	    end inner_loop					      */
4247 /*	  if have\=0 | this_unit\=0 then do			      */
4248 /*	    output this_unit					      */
4249 /*	    have=have+1; end					      */
4250 /*	  var2=var2/10						      */
4251 /*	  exp=exp-1						      */
4252 /*	  end outer_loop					      */
4253 /*     exp=exp+1   -- set the proper exponent			      */
4254 /*     if have=0 then generate answer=0				      */
4255 /*     Return (Result is defined by Var1)			      */
4256 /*								      */
4257 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
4258 /* Two working buffers are needed during the division; one (digits+   */
4259 /* 1) to accumulate the result, and the other (up to 2*digits+1) for  */
4260 /* long subtractions.  These are acc and var1 respectively.	      */
4261 /* var1 is a copy of the lhs coefficient, var2 is the rhs coefficient.*/
4262 /* The static buffers may be larger than might be expected to allow   */
4263 /* for calls from higher-level functions (notably exp).		      */
4264 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
4265 static decNumber * decDivideOp(decNumber *res,
4266 			       const decNumber *lhs, const decNumber *rhs,
4267 			       decContext *set, Flag op, uInt *status) {
4268   #if DECSUBSET
4269   decNumber *alloclhs=NULL;	   /* non-NULL if rounded lhs allocated */
4270   decNumber *allocrhs=NULL;	   /* .., rhs */
4271   #endif
4272   Unit	accbuff[SD2U(DECBUFFER+DECDPUN+10)]; /* local buffer */
4273   Unit	*acc=accbuff;		   /* -> accumulator array for result */
4274   Unit	*allocacc=NULL;		   /* -> allocated buffer, iff allocated */
4275   Unit	*accnext;		   /* -> where next digit will go */
4276   Int	acclength;		   /* length of acc needed [Units] */
4277   Int	accunits;		   /* count of units accumulated */
4278   Int	accdigits;		   /* count of digits accumulated */
4279 
4280   Unit	varbuff[SD2U(DECBUFFER*2+DECDPUN)*sizeof(Unit)]; /* buffer for var1 */
4281   Unit	*var1=varbuff;		   /* -> var1 array for long subtraction */
4282   Unit	*varalloc=NULL;		   /* -> allocated buffer, iff used */
4283   Unit	*msu1;			   /* -> msu of var1 */
4284 
4285   const Unit *var2;		   /* -> var2 array */
4286   const Unit *msu2;		   /* -> msu of var2 */
4287   Int	msu2plus;		   /* msu2 plus one [does not vary] */
4288   eInt	msu2pair;		   /* msu2 pair plus one [does not vary] */
4289 
4290   Int	var1units, var2units;	   /* actual lengths */
4291   Int	var2ulen;		   /* logical length (units) */
4292   Int	var1initpad=0;		   /* var1 initial padding (digits) */
4293   Int	maxdigits;		   /* longest LHS or required acc length */
4294   Int	mult;			   /* multiplier for subtraction */
4295   Unit	thisunit;		   /* current unit being accumulated */
4296   Int	residue;		   /* for rounding */
4297   Int	reqdigits=set->digits;	   /* requested DIGITS */
4298   Int	exponent;		   /* working exponent */
4299   Int	maxexponent=0;		   /* DIVIDE maximum exponent if unrounded */
4300   uByte bits;			   /* working sign */
4301   Unit	*target;		   /* work */
4302   const Unit *source;		   /* .. */
4303   uLong const *pow;                /* .. */
4304   Int	shift, cut;		   /* .. */
4305   #if DECSUBSET
4306   Int	dropped;		   /* work */
4307   #endif
4308 
4309   #if DECCHECK
4310   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
4311   #endif
4312 
4313   do {				   /* protect allocated storage */
4314     #if DECSUBSET
4315     if (!set->extended) {
4316       /* reduce operands and set lostDigits status, as needed */
4317       if (lhs->digits>reqdigits) {
4318 	alloclhs=decRoundOperand(lhs, set, status);
4319 	if (alloclhs==NULL) break;
4320 	lhs=alloclhs;
4321 	}
4322       if (rhs->digits>reqdigits) {
4323 	allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, status);
4324 	if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
4325 	rhs=allocrhs;
4326 	}
4327       }
4328     #endif
4329     /* [following code does not require input rounding] */
4330 
4331     bits=(lhs->bits^rhs->bits)&DECNEG;	/* assumed sign for divisions */
4332 
4333     /* handle infinities and NaNs */
4334     if (SPECIALARGS) {			/* a special bit set */
4335       if (SPECIALARGS & (DECSNAN | DECNAN)) { /* one or two NaNs */
4336 	decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, status);
4337 	break;
4338 	}
4339       /* one or two infinities */
4340       if (decNumberIsInfinite(lhs)) {	/* LHS (dividend) is infinite */
4341 	if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs) || /* two infinities are invalid .. */
4342 	    op & (REMAINDER | REMNEAR)) { /* as is remainder of infinity */
4343 	  *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
4344 	  break;
4345 	  }
4346 	/* [Note that infinity/0 raises no exceptions] */
4347 	decNumberZero(res);
4348 	res->bits=bits|DECINF;		/* set +/- infinity */
4349 	break;
4350 	}
4351        else {				/* RHS (divisor) is infinite */
4352 	residue=0;
4353 	if (op&(REMAINDER|REMNEAR)) {
4354 	  /* result is [finished clone of] lhs */
4355 	  decCopyFit(res, lhs, set, &residue, status);
4356 	  }
4357 	 else {	 /* a division */
4358 	  decNumberZero(res);
4359 	  res->bits=bits;		/* set +/- zero */
4360 	  /* for DIVIDEINT the exponent is always 0.  For DIVIDE, result */
4361 	  /* is a 0 with infinitely negative exponent, clamped to minimum */
4362 	  if (op&DIVIDE) {
4363 	    res->exponent=set->emin-set->digits+1;
4364 	    *status|=DEC_Clamped;
4365 	    }
4366 	  }
4367 	decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);
4368 	break;
4369 	}
4370       }
4371 
4372     /* handle 0 rhs (x/0) */
4373     if (ISZERO(rhs)) {			/* x/0 is always exceptional */
4374       if (ISZERO(lhs)) {
4375 	decNumberZero(res);		/* [after lhs test] */
4376 	*status|=DEC_Division_undefined;/* 0/0 will become NaN */
4377 	}
4378        else {
4379 	decNumberZero(res);
4380 	if (op&(REMAINDER|REMNEAR)) *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
4381 	 else {
4382 	  *status|=DEC_Division_by_zero; /* x/0 */
4383 	  res->bits=bits|DECINF;	 /* .. is +/- Infinity */
4384 	  }
4385 	}
4386       break;}
4387 
4388     /* handle 0 lhs (0/x) */
4389     if (ISZERO(lhs)) {			/* 0/x [x!=0] */
4390       #if DECSUBSET
4391       if (!set->extended) decNumberZero(res);
4392        else {
4393       #endif
4394 	if (op&DIVIDE) {
4395 	  residue=0;
4396 	  exponent=lhs->exponent-rhs->exponent; /* ideal exponent */
4397 	  decNumberCopy(res, lhs);	/* [zeros always fit] */
4398 	  res->bits=bits;		/* sign as computed */
4399 	  res->exponent=exponent;	/* exponent, too */
4400 	  decFinalize(res, set, &residue, status);   /* check exponent */
4401 	  }
4402 	 else if (op&DIVIDEINT) {
4403 	  decNumberZero(res);		/* integer 0 */
4404 	  res->bits=bits;		/* sign as computed */
4405 	  }
4406 	 else {				/* a remainder */
4407 	  exponent=rhs->exponent;	/* [save in case overwrite] */
4408 	  decNumberCopy(res, lhs);	/* [zeros always fit] */
4409 	  if (exponent<res->exponent) res->exponent=exponent; /* use lower */
4410 	  }
4411       #if DECSUBSET
4412 	}
4413       #endif
4414       break;}
4415 
4416     /* Precalculate exponent.  This starts off adjusted (and hence fits */
4417     /* in 31 bits) and becomes the usual unadjusted exponent as the */
4418     /* division proceeds.  The order of evaluation is important, here, */
4419     /* to avoid wrap. */
4420     exponent=(lhs->exponent+lhs->digits)-(rhs->exponent+rhs->digits);
4421 
4422     /* If the working exponent is -ve, then some quick exits are */
4423     /* possible because the quotient is known to be <1 */
4424     /* [for REMNEAR, it needs to be < -1, as -0.5 could need work] */
4425     if (exponent<0 && !(op==DIVIDE)) {
4426       if (op&DIVIDEINT) {
4427 	decNumberZero(res);		     /* integer part is 0 */
4428 	#if DECSUBSET
4429 	if (set->extended)
4430 	#endif
4431 	  res->bits=bits;		     /* set +/- zero */
4432 	break;}
4433       /* fastpath remainders so long as the lhs has the smaller */
4434       /* (or equal) exponent */
4435       if (lhs->exponent<=rhs->exponent) {
4436 	if (op&REMAINDER || exponent<-1) {
4437 	  /* It is REMAINDER or safe REMNEAR; result is [finished */
4438 	  /* clone of] lhs  (r = x - 0*y) */
4439 	  residue=0;
4440 	  decCopyFit(res, lhs, set, &residue, status);
4441 	  decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);
4442 	  break;
4443 	  }
4444 	/* [unsafe REMNEAR drops through] */
4445 	}
4446       } /* fastpaths */
4447 
4448     /* Long (slow) division is needed; roll up the sleeves... */
4449 
4450     /* The accumulator will hold the quotient of the division. */
4451     /* If it needs to be too long for stack storage, then allocate. */
4452     acclength=D2U(reqdigits+DECDPUN);	/* in Units */
4453     if (acclength*sizeof(Unit)>sizeof(accbuff)) {
4454       /* printf("malloc dvacc %ld units\n", acclength); */
4455       allocacc=(Unit *)malloc(acclength*sizeof(Unit));
4456       if (allocacc==NULL) {		/* hopeless -- abandon */
4457 	*status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
4458 	break;}
4459       acc=allocacc;			/* use the allocated space */
4460       }
4461 
4462     /* var1 is the padded LHS ready for subtractions. */
4463     /* If it needs to be too long for stack storage, then allocate. */
4464     /* The maximum units needed for var1 (long subtraction) is: */
4465     /* Enough for */
4466     /*	   (rhs->digits+reqdigits-1) -- to allow full slide to right */
4467     /* or  (lhs->digits)	     -- to allow for long lhs */
4468     /* whichever is larger */
4469     /*	 +1		   -- for rounding of slide to right */
4470     /*	 +1		   -- for leading 0s */
4471     /*	 +1		   -- for pre-adjust if a remainder or DIVIDEINT */
4472     /* [Note: unused units do not participate in decUnitAddSub data] */
4473     maxdigits=rhs->digits+reqdigits-1;
4474     if (lhs->digits>maxdigits) maxdigits=lhs->digits;
4475     var1units=D2U(maxdigits)+2;
4476     /* allocate a guard unit above msu1 for REMAINDERNEAR */
4477     if (!(op&DIVIDE)) var1units++;
4478     if ((var1units+1)*sizeof(Unit)>sizeof(varbuff)) {
4479       /* printf("malloc dvvar %ld units\n", var1units+1); */
4480       varalloc=(Unit *)malloc((var1units+1)*sizeof(Unit));
4481       if (varalloc==NULL) {		/* hopeless -- abandon */
4482 	*status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
4483 	break;}
4484       var1=varalloc;			/* use the allocated space */
4485       }
4486 
4487     /* Extend the lhs and rhs to full long subtraction length.	The lhs */
4488     /* is truly extended into the var1 buffer, with 0 padding, so a */
4489     /* subtract in place is always possible.  The rhs (var2) has */
4490     /* virtual padding (implemented by decUnitAddSub). */
4491     /* One guard unit was allocated above msu1 for rem=rem+rem in */
4492     /* REMAINDERNEAR. */
4493     msu1=var1+var1units-1;		/* msu of var1 */
4494     source=lhs->lsu+D2U(lhs->digits)-1; /* msu of input array */
4495     for (target=msu1; source>=lhs->lsu; source--, target--) *target=*source;
4496     for (; target>=var1; target--) *target=0;
4497 
4498     /* rhs (var2) is left-aligned with var1 at the start */
4499     var2ulen=var1units;			/* rhs logical length (units) */
4500     var2units=D2U(rhs->digits);		/* rhs actual length (units) */
4501     var2=rhs->lsu;			/* -> rhs array */
4502     msu2=var2+var2units-1;		/* -> msu of var2 [never changes] */
4503     /* now set up the variables which will be used for estimating the */
4504     /* multiplication factor.  If these variables are not exact, add */
4505     /* 1 to make sure that the multiplier is never overestimated. */
4506     msu2plus=*msu2;			/* it's value .. */
4507     if (var2units>1) msu2plus++;	/* .. +1 if any more */
4508     msu2pair=(eInt)*msu2*(DECDPUNMAX+1);/* top two pair .. */
4509     if (var2units>1) {			/* .. [else treat 2nd as 0] */
4510       msu2pair+=*(msu2-1);		/* .. */
4511       if (var2units>2) msu2pair++;	/* .. +1 if any more */
4512       }
4513 
4514     /* The calculation is working in units, which may have leading zeros, */
4515     /* but the exponent was calculated on the assumption that they are */
4516     /* both left-aligned.  Adjust the exponent to compensate: add the */
4517     /* number of leading zeros in var1 msu and subtract those in var2 msu. */
4518     /* [This is actually done by counting the digits and negating, as */
4519     /* lead1=DECDPUN-digits1, and similarly for lead2.] */
4520     for (pow=&powers[1]; *msu1>=*pow; pow++) exponent--;
4521     for (pow=&powers[1]; *msu2>=*pow; pow++) exponent++;
4522 
4523     /* Now, if doing an integer divide or remainder, ensure that */
4524     /* the result will be Unit-aligned.	 To do this, shift the var1 */
4525     /* accumulator towards least if need be.  (It's much easier to */
4526     /* do this now than to reassemble the residue afterwards, if */
4527     /* doing a remainder.)  Also ensure the exponent is not negative. */
4528     if (!(op&DIVIDE)) {
4529       Unit *u;				/* work */
4530       /* save the initial 'false' padding of var1, in digits */
4531       var1initpad=(var1units-D2U(lhs->digits))*DECDPUN;
4532       /* Determine the shift to do. */
4533       if (exponent<0) cut=-exponent;
4534        else cut=DECDPUN-exponent%DECDPUN;
4535       decShiftToLeast(var1, var1units, cut);
4536       exponent+=cut;			/* maintain numerical value */
4537       var1initpad-=cut;			/* .. and reduce padding */
4538       /* clean any most-significant units which were just emptied */
4539       for (u=msu1; cut>=DECDPUN; cut-=DECDPUN, u--) *u=0;
4540       } /* align */
4541      else { /* is DIVIDE */
4542       maxexponent=lhs->exponent-rhs->exponent;	  /* save */
4543       /* optimization: if the first iteration will just produce 0, */
4544       /* preadjust to skip it [valid for DIVIDE only] */
4545       if (*msu1<*msu2) {
4546 	var2ulen--;			/* shift down */
4547 	exponent-=DECDPUN;		/* update the exponent */
4548 	}
4549       }
4550 
4551     /* ---- start the long-division loops ------------------------------ */
4552     accunits=0;				/* no units accumulated yet */
4553     accdigits=0;			/* .. or digits */
4554     accnext=acc+acclength-1;		/* -> msu of acc [NB: allows digits+1] */
4555     for (;;) {				/* outer forever loop */
4556       thisunit=0;			/* current unit assumed 0 */
4557       /* find the next unit */
4558       for (;;) {			/* inner forever loop */
4559 	/* strip leading zero units [from either pre-adjust or from */
4560 	/* subtract last time around].	Leave at least one unit. */
4561 	for (; *msu1==0 && msu1>var1; msu1--) var1units--;
4562 
4563 	if (var1units<var2ulen) break;	     /* var1 too low for subtract */
4564 	if (var1units==var2ulen) {	     /* unit-by-unit compare needed */
4565 	  /* compare the two numbers, from msu */
4566 	  const Unit *pv1, *pv2;
4567 	  Unit v2;			     /* units to compare */
4568 	  pv2=msu2;			     /* -> msu */
4569 	  for (pv1=msu1; ; pv1--, pv2--) {
4570 	    /* v1=*pv1 -- always OK */
4571 	    v2=0;			     /* assume in padding */
4572 	    if (pv2>=var2) v2=*pv2;	     /* in range */
4573 	    if (*pv1!=v2) break;	     /* no longer the same */
4574 	    if (pv1==var1) break;	     /* done; leave pv1 as is */
4575 	    }
4576 	  /* here when all inspected or a difference seen */
4577 	  if (*pv1<v2) break;		     /* var1 too low to subtract */
4578 	  if (*pv1==v2) {		     /* var1 == var2 */
4579 	    /* reach here if var1 and var2 are identical; subtraction */
4580 	    /* would increase digit by one, and the residue will be 0 so */
4581 	    /* the calculation is done; leave the loop with residue=0. */
4582 	    thisunit++;			     /* as though subtracted */
4583 	    *var1=0;			     /* set var1 to 0 */
4584 	    var1units=1;		     /* .. */
4585 	    break;  /* from inner */
4586 	    } /* var1 == var2 */
4587 	  /* *pv1>v2.  Prepare for real subtraction; the lengths are equal */
4588 	  /* Estimate the multiplier (there's always a msu1-1)... */
4589 	  /* Bring in two units of var2 to provide a good estimate. */
4590 	  mult=(Int)(((eInt)*msu1*(DECDPUNMAX+1)+*(msu1-1))/msu2pair);
4591 	  } /* lengths the same */
4592 	 else { /* var1units > var2ulen, so subtraction is safe */
4593 	  /* The var2 msu is one unit towards the lsu of the var1 msu, */
4594 	  /* so only one unit for var2 can be used. */
4595 	  mult=(Int)(((eInt)*msu1*(DECDPUNMAX+1)+*(msu1-1))/msu2plus);
4596 	  }
4597 	if (mult==0) mult=1;		     /* must always be at least 1 */
4598 	/* subtraction needed; var1 is > var2 */
4599 	thisunit=(Unit)(thisunit+mult);	     /* accumulate */
4600 	/* subtract var1-var2, into var1; only the overlap needs */
4601 	/* processing, as this is an in-place calculation */
4602 	shift=var2ulen-var2units;
4603 	#if DECTRACE
4604 	  decDumpAr('1', &var1[shift], var1units-shift);
4605 	  decDumpAr('2', var2, var2units);
4606 	  printf("m=%ld\n", -mult);
4607 	#endif
4608 	decUnitAddSub(&var1[shift], var1units-shift,
4609 		      var2, var2units, 0,
4610 		      &var1[shift], -mult);
4611 	#if DECTRACE
4612 	  decDumpAr('#', &var1[shift], var1units-shift);
4613 	#endif
4614 	/* var1 now probably has leading zeros; these are removed at the */
4615 	/* top of the inner loop. */
4616 	} /* inner loop */
4617 
4618       /* The next unit has been calculated in full; unless it's a */
4619       /* leading zero, add to acc */
4620       if (accunits!=0 || thisunit!=0) {	     /* is first or non-zero */
4621 	*accnext=thisunit;		     /* store in accumulator */
4622 	/* account exactly for the new digits */
4623 	if (accunits==0) {
4624 	  accdigits++;			     /* at least one */
4625 	  for (pow=&powers[1]; thisunit>=*pow; pow++) accdigits++;
4626 	  }
4627 	 else accdigits+=DECDPUN;
4628 	accunits++;			     /* update count */
4629 	accnext--;			     /* ready for next */
4630 	if (accdigits>reqdigits) break;	     /* have enough digits */
4631 	}
4632 
4633       /* if the residue is zero, the operation is done (unless divide */
4634       /* or divideInteger and still not enough digits yet) */
4635       if (*var1==0 && var1units==1) {	     /* residue is 0 */
4636 	if (op&(REMAINDER|REMNEAR)) break;
4637 	if ((op&DIVIDE) && (exponent<=maxexponent)) break;
4638 	/* [drop through if divideInteger] */
4639 	}
4640       /* also done enough if calculating remainder or integer */
4641       /* divide and just did the last ('units') unit */
4642       if (exponent==0 && !(op&DIVIDE)) break;
4643 
4644       /* to get here, var1 is less than var2, so divide var2 by the per- */
4645       /* Unit power of ten and go for the next digit */
4646       var2ulen--;			     /* shift down */
4647       exponent-=DECDPUN;		     /* update the exponent */
4648       } /* outer loop */
4649 
4650     /* ---- division is complete --------------------------------------- */
4651     /* here: acc      has at least reqdigits+1 of good results (or fewer */
4652     /*		      if early stop), starting at accnext+1 (its lsu) */
4653     /*	     var1     has any residue at the stopping point */
4654     /*	     accunits is the number of digits collected in acc */
4655     if (accunits==0) {		   /* acc is 0 */
4656       accunits=1;		   /* show have a unit .. */
4657       accdigits=1;		   /* .. */
4658       *accnext=0;		   /* .. whose value is 0 */
4659       }
4660      else accnext++;		   /* back to last placed */
4661     /* accnext now -> lowest unit of result */
4662 
4663     residue=0;			   /* assume no residue */
4664     if (op&DIVIDE) {
4665       /* record the presence of any residue, for rounding */
4666       if (*var1!=0 || var1units>1) residue=1;
4667        else { /* no residue */
4668 	/* Had an exact division; clean up spurious trailing 0s. */
4669 	/* There will be at most DECDPUN-1, from the final multiply, */
4670 	/* and then only if the result is non-0 (and even) and the */
4671 	/* exponent is 'loose'. */
4672 	#if DECDPUN>1
4673 	Unit lsu=*accnext;
4674 	if (!(lsu&0x01) && (lsu!=0)) {
4675 	  /* count the trailing zeros */
4676 	  Int drop=0;
4677 	  for (;; drop++) {    /* [will terminate because lsu!=0] */
4678 	    if (exponent>=maxexponent) break;	  /* don't chop real 0s */
4679 	    #if DECDPUN<=4
4680 	      if ((lsu-QUOT10(lsu, drop+1)
4681 		  *powers[drop+1])!=0) break;	  /* found non-0 digit */
4682 	    #else
4683 	      if (lsu%powers[drop+1]!=0) break;	  /* found non-0 digit */
4684 	    #endif
4685 	    exponent++;
4686 	    }
4687 	  if (drop>0) {
4688 	    accunits=decShiftToLeast(accnext, accunits, drop);
4689 	    accdigits=decGetDigits(accnext, accunits);
4690 	    accunits=D2U(accdigits);
4691 	    /* [exponent was adjusted in the loop] */
4692 	    }
4693 	  } /* neither odd nor 0 */
4694 	#endif
4695 	} /* exact divide */
4696       } /* divide */
4697      else /* op!=DIVIDE */ {
4698       /* check for coefficient overflow */
4699       if (accdigits+exponent>reqdigits) {
4700 	*status|=DEC_Division_impossible;
4701 	break;
4702 	}
4703       if (op & (REMAINDER|REMNEAR)) {
4704 	/* [Here, the exponent will be 0, because var1 was adjusted */
4705 	/* appropriately.] */
4706 	Int postshift;			     /* work */
4707 	Flag wasodd=0;			     /* integer was odd */
4708 	Unit *quotlsu;			     /* for save */
4709 	Int  quotdigits;		     /* .. */
4710 
4711 	bits=lhs->bits;			     /* remainder sign is always as lhs */
4712 
4713 	/* Fastpath when residue is truly 0 is worthwhile [and */
4714 	/* simplifies the code below] */
4715 	if (*var1==0 && var1units==1) {	     /* residue is 0 */
4716 	  Int exp=lhs->exponent;	     /* save min(exponents) */
4717 	  if (rhs->exponent<exp) exp=rhs->exponent;
4718 	  decNumberZero(res);		     /* 0 coefficient */
4719 	  #if DECSUBSET
4720 	  if (set->extended)
4721 	  #endif
4722 	  res->exponent=exp;		     /* .. with proper exponent */
4723 	  res->bits=(uByte)(bits&DECNEG);	   /* [cleaned] */
4724 	  decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);   /* might clamp */
4725 	  break;
4726 	  }
4727 	/* note if the quotient was odd */
4728 	if (*accnext & 0x01) wasodd=1;	     /* acc is odd */
4729 	quotlsu=accnext;		     /* save in case need to reinspect */
4730 	quotdigits=accdigits;		     /* .. */
4731 
4732 	/* treat the residue, in var1, as the value to return, via acc */
4733 	/* calculate the unused zero digits.  This is the smaller of: */
4734 	/*   var1 initial padding (saved above) */
4735 	/*   var2 residual padding, which happens to be given by: */
4736 	postshift=var1initpad+exponent-lhs->exponent+rhs->exponent;
4737 	/* [the 'exponent' term accounts for the shifts during divide] */
4738 	if (var1initpad<postshift) postshift=var1initpad;
4739 
4740 	/* shift var1 the requested amount, and adjust its digits */
4741 	var1units=decShiftToLeast(var1, var1units, postshift);
4742 	accnext=var1;
4743 	accdigits=decGetDigits(var1, var1units);
4744 	accunits=D2U(accdigits);
4745 
4746 	exponent=lhs->exponent;		/* exponent is smaller of lhs & rhs */
4747 	if (rhs->exponent<exponent) exponent=rhs->exponent;
4748 
4749 	/* Now correct the result if doing remainderNear; if it */
4750 	/* (looking just at coefficients) is > rhs/2, or == rhs/2 and */
4751 	/* the integer was odd then the result should be rem-rhs. */
4752 	if (op&REMNEAR) {
4753 	  Int compare, tarunits;	/* work */
4754 	  Unit *up;			/* .. */
4755 	  /* calculate remainder*2 into the var1 buffer (which has */
4756 	  /* 'headroom' of an extra unit and hence enough space) */
4757 	  /* [a dedicated 'double' loop would be faster, here] */
4758 	  tarunits=decUnitAddSub(accnext, accunits, accnext, accunits,
4759 				 0, accnext, 1);
4760 	  /* decDumpAr('r', accnext, tarunits); */
4761 
4762 	  /* Here, accnext (var1) holds tarunits Units with twice the */
4763 	  /* remainder's coefficient, which must now be compared to the */
4764 	  /* RHS.  The remainder's exponent may be smaller than the RHS's. */
4765 	  compare=decUnitCompare(accnext, tarunits, rhs->lsu, D2U(rhs->digits),
4766 				 rhs->exponent-exponent);
4767 	  if (compare==BADINT) {	     /* deep trouble */
4768 	    *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
4769 	    break;}
4770 
4771 	  /* now restore the remainder by dividing by two; the lsu */
4772 	  /* is known to be even. */
4773 	  for (up=accnext; up<accnext+tarunits; up++) {
4774 	    Int half;		   /* half to add to lower unit */
4775 	    half=*up & 0x01;
4776 	    *up/=2;		   /* [shift] */
4777 	    if (!half) continue;
4778 	    *(up-1)+=DIV_ROUND_UP(DECDPUNMAX, 2);
4779 	    }
4780 	  /* [accunits still describes the original remainder length] */
4781 
4782 	  if (compare>0 || (compare==0 && wasodd)) { /* adjustment needed */
4783 	    Int exp, expunits, exprem;	     /* work */
4784 	    /* This is effectively causing round-up of the quotient, */
4785 	    /* so if it was the rare case where it was full and all */
4786 	    /* nines, it would overflow and hence division-impossible */
4787 	    /* should be raised */
4788 	    Flag allnines=0;		     /* 1 if quotient all nines */
4789 	    if (quotdigits==reqdigits) {     /* could be borderline */
4790 	      for (up=quotlsu; ; up++) {
4791 		if (quotdigits>DECDPUN) {
4792 		  if (*up!=DECDPUNMAX) break;/* non-nines */
4793 		  }
4794 		 else {			     /* this is the last Unit */
4795 		  if (*up==powers[quotdigits]-1) allnines=1;
4796 		  break;
4797 		  }
4798 		quotdigits-=DECDPUN;	     /* checked those digits */
4799 		} /* up */
4800 	      } /* borderline check */
4801 	    if (allnines) {
4802 	      *status|=DEC_Division_impossible;
4803 	      break;}
4804 
4805 	    /* rem-rhs is needed; the sign will invert.	 Again, var1 */
4806 	    /* can safely be used for the working Units array. */
4807 	    exp=rhs->exponent-exponent;	     /* RHS padding needed */
4808 	    /* Calculate units and remainder from exponent. */
4809 	    expunits=exp/DECDPUN;
4810 	    exprem=exp%DECDPUN;
4811 	    /* subtract [A+B*(-m)]; the result will always be negative */
4812 	    accunits=-decUnitAddSub(accnext, accunits,
4813 				    rhs->lsu, D2U(rhs->digits),
4814 				    expunits, accnext, -(Int)powers[exprem]);
4815 	    accdigits=decGetDigits(accnext, accunits); /* count digits exactly */
4816 	    accunits=D2U(accdigits);	/* and recalculate the units for copy */
4817 	    /* [exponent is as for original remainder] */
4818 	    bits^=DECNEG;		/* flip the sign */
4819 	    }
4820 	  } /* REMNEAR */
4821 	} /* REMAINDER or REMNEAR */
4822       } /* not DIVIDE */
4823 
4824     /* Set exponent and bits */
4825     res->exponent=exponent;
4826     res->bits=(uByte)(bits&DECNEG);	     /* [cleaned] */
4827 
4828     /* Now the coefficient. */
4829     decSetCoeff(res, set, accnext, accdigits, &residue, status);
4830 
4831     decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);   /* final cleanup */
4832 
4833     #if DECSUBSET
4834     /* If a divide then strip trailing zeros if subset [after round] */
4835     if (!set->extended && (op==DIVIDE)) decTrim(res, set, 0, &dropped);
4836     #endif
4837     } while(0);				     /* end protected */
4838 
4839   if (varalloc!=NULL) free(varalloc);	/* drop any storage used */
4840   if (allocacc!=NULL) free(allocacc);	/* .. */
4841   #if DECSUBSET
4842   if (allocrhs!=NULL) free(allocrhs);	/* .. */
4843   if (alloclhs!=NULL) free(alloclhs);	/* .. */
4844   #endif
4845   return res;
4846   } /* decDivideOp */
4847 
4848 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
4849 /* decMultiplyOp -- multiplication operation			      */
4850 /*								      */
4851 /*  This routine performs the multiplication C=A x B.		      */
4852 /*								      */
4853 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X*X)	      */
4854 /*   lhs is A							      */
4855 /*   rhs is B							      */
4856 /*   set is the context						      */
4857 /*   status is the usual accumulator				      */
4858 /*								      */
4859 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
4860 /*								      */
4861 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
4862 /* 'Classic' multiplication is used rather than Karatsuba, as the     */
4863 /* latter would give only a minor improvement for the short numbers   */
4864 /* expected to be handled most (and uses much more memory).	      */
4865 /*								      */
4866 /* There are two major paths here: the general-purpose ('old code')   */
4867 /* path which handles all DECDPUN values, and a fastpath version      */
4868 /* which is used if 64-bit ints are available, DECDPUN<=4, and more   */
4869 /* than two calls to decUnitAddSub would be made.		      */
4870 /*								      */
4871 /* The fastpath version lumps units together into 8-digit or 9-digit  */
4872 /* chunks, and also uses a lazy carry strategy to minimise expensive  */
4873 /* 64-bit divisions.  The chunks are then broken apart again into     */
4874 /* units for continuing processing.  Despite this overhead, the	      */
4875 /* fastpath can speed up some 16-digit operations by 10x (and much    */
4876 /* more for higher-precision calculations).			      */
4877 /*								      */
4878 /* A buffer always has to be used for the accumulator; in the	      */
4879 /* fastpath, buffers are also always needed for the chunked copies of */
4880 /* of the operand coefficients.					      */
4881 /* Static buffers are larger than needed just for multiply, to allow  */
4882 /* for calls from other operations (notably exp).		      */
4883 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
4884 #define FASTMUL (DECUSE64 && DECDPUN<5)
4885 static decNumber * decMultiplyOp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
4886 				 const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set,
4887 				 uInt *status) {
4888   Int	 accunits;		   /* Units of accumulator in use */
4889   Int	 exponent;		   /* work */
4890   Int	 residue=0;		   /* rounding residue */
4891   uByte	 bits;			   /* result sign */
4892   Unit	*acc;			   /* -> accumulator Unit array */
4893   Int	 needbytes;		   /* size calculator */
4894   void	*allocacc=NULL;		   /* -> allocated accumulator, iff allocated */
4895   Unit	accbuff[SD2U(DECBUFFER*4+1)]; /* buffer (+1 for DECBUFFER==0, */
4896 				   /* *4 for calls from other operations) */
4897   const Unit *mer, *mermsup;	   /* work */
4898   Int	madlength;		   /* Units in multiplicand */
4899   Int	shift;			   /* Units to shift multiplicand by */
4900 
4901   #if FASTMUL
4902     /* if DECDPUN is 1 or 3 work in base 10**9, otherwise */
4903     /* (DECDPUN is 2 or 4) then work in base 10**8 */
4904     #if DECDPUN & 1		   /* odd */
4905       #define FASTBASE 1000000000  /* base */
4906       #define FASTDIGS		9  /* digits in base */
4907       #define FASTLAZY	       18  /* carry resolution point [1->18] */
4908     #else
4909       #define FASTBASE	100000000
4910       #define FASTDIGS		8
4911       #define FASTLAZY	     1844  /* carry resolution point [1->1844] */
4912     #endif
4913     /* three buffers are used, two for chunked copies of the operands */
4914     /* (base 10**8 or base 10**9) and one base 2**64 accumulator with */
4915     /* lazy carry evaluation */
4916     uInt   zlhibuff[(DECBUFFER*2+1)/8+1]; /* buffer (+1 for DECBUFFER==0) */
4917     uInt  *zlhi=zlhibuff;		  /* -> lhs array */
4918     uInt  *alloclhi=NULL;		  /* -> allocated buffer, iff allocated */
4919     uInt   zrhibuff[(DECBUFFER*2+1)/8+1]; /* buffer (+1 for DECBUFFER==0) */
4920     uInt  *zrhi=zrhibuff;		  /* -> rhs array */
4921     uInt  *allocrhi=NULL;		  /* -> allocated buffer, iff allocated */
4922     uLong  zaccbuff[(DECBUFFER*2+1)/4+2]; /* buffer (+1 for DECBUFFER==0) */
4923     /* [allocacc is shared for both paths, as only one will run] */
4924     uLong *zacc=zaccbuff;	   /* -> accumulator array for exact result */
4925     #if DECDPUN==1
4926     Int	   zoff;		   /* accumulator offset */
4927     #endif
4928     uInt  *lip, *rip;		   /* item pointers */
4929     uInt  *lmsi, *rmsi;		   /* most significant items */
4930     Int	   ilhs, irhs, iacc;	   /* item counts in the arrays */
4931     Int	   lazy;		   /* lazy carry counter */
4932     uLong  lcarry;		   /* uLong carry */
4933     uInt   carry;		   /* carry (NB not uLong) */
4934     Int	   count;		   /* work */
4935     const  Unit *cup;		   /* .. */
4936     Unit  *up;			   /* .. */
4937     uLong *lp;			   /* .. */
4938     Int	   p;			   /* .. */
4939   #endif
4940 
4941   #if DECSUBSET
4942     decNumber *alloclhs=NULL;	   /* -> allocated buffer, iff allocated */
4943     decNumber *allocrhs=NULL;	   /* -> allocated buffer, iff allocated */
4944   #endif
4945 
4946   #if DECCHECK
4947   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
4948   #endif
4949 
4950   /* precalculate result sign */
4951   bits=(uByte)((lhs->bits^rhs->bits)&DECNEG);
4952 
4953   /* handle infinities and NaNs */
4954   if (SPECIALARGS) {		   /* a special bit set */
4955     if (SPECIALARGS & (DECSNAN | DECNAN)) { /* one or two NaNs */
4956       decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, status);
4957       return res;}
4958     /* one or two infinities; Infinity * 0 is invalid */
4959     if (((lhs->bits & DECINF)==0 && ISZERO(lhs))
4960       ||((rhs->bits & DECINF)==0 && ISZERO(rhs))) {
4961       *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
4962       return res;}
4963     decNumberZero(res);
4964     res->bits=bits|DECINF;	   /* infinity */
4965     return res;}
4966 
4967   /* For best speed, as in DMSRCN [the original Rexx numerics */
4968   /* module], use the shorter number as the multiplier (rhs) and */
4969   /* the longer as the multiplicand (lhs) to minimise the number of */
4970   /* adds (partial products) */
4971   if (lhs->digits<rhs->digits) {   /* swap... */
4972     const decNumber *hold=lhs;
4973     lhs=rhs;
4974     rhs=hold;
4975     }
4976 
4977   do {				   /* protect allocated storage */
4978     #if DECSUBSET
4979     if (!set->extended) {
4980       /* reduce operands and set lostDigits status, as needed */
4981       if (lhs->digits>set->digits) {
4982 	alloclhs=decRoundOperand(lhs, set, status);
4983 	if (alloclhs==NULL) break;
4984 	lhs=alloclhs;
4985 	}
4986       if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
4987 	allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, status);
4988 	if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
4989 	rhs=allocrhs;
4990 	}
4991       }
4992     #endif
4993     /* [following code does not require input rounding] */
4994 
4995     #if FASTMUL			   /* fastpath can be used */
4996     /* use the fast path if there are enough digits in the shorter */
4997     /* operand to make the setup and takedown worthwhile */
4998     #define NEEDTWO (DECDPUN*2)	   /* within two decUnitAddSub calls */
4999     if (rhs->digits>NEEDTWO) {	   /* use fastpath... */
5000       /* calculate the number of elements in each array */
5001       ilhs=(lhs->digits+FASTDIGS-1)/FASTDIGS; /* [ceiling] */
5002       irhs=(rhs->digits+FASTDIGS-1)/FASTDIGS; /* .. */
5003       iacc=ilhs+irhs;
5004 
5005       /* allocate buffers if required, as usual */
5006       needbytes=ilhs*sizeof(uInt);
5007       if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(zlhibuff)) {
5008 	alloclhi=(uInt *)malloc(needbytes);
5009 	zlhi=alloclhi;}
5010       needbytes=irhs*sizeof(uInt);
5011       if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(zrhibuff)) {
5012 	allocrhi=(uInt *)malloc(needbytes);
5013 	zrhi=allocrhi;}
5014 
5015       /* Allocating the accumulator space needs a special case when */
5016       /* DECDPUN=1 because when converting the accumulator to Units */
5017       /* after the multiplication each 8-byte item becomes 9 1-byte */
5018       /* units.	 Therefore iacc extra bytes are needed at the front */
5019       /* (rounded up to a multiple of 8 bytes), and the uLong */
5020       /* accumulator starts offset the appropriate number of units */
5021       /* to the right to avoid overwrite during the unchunking. */
5022       needbytes=iacc*sizeof(uLong);
5023       #if DECDPUN==1
5024       zoff=(iacc+7)/8;	      /* items to offset by */
5025       needbytes+=zoff*8;
5026       #endif
5027       if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(zaccbuff)) {
5028 	allocacc=(uLong *)malloc(needbytes);
5029 	zacc=(uLong *)allocacc;}
5030       if (zlhi==NULL||zrhi==NULL||zacc==NULL) {
5031 	*status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
5032 	break;}
5033 
5034       acc=(Unit *)zacc;	      /* -> target Unit array */
5035       #if DECDPUN==1
5036       zacc+=zoff;	      /* start uLong accumulator to right */
5037       #endif
5038 
5039       /* assemble the chunked copies of the left and right sides */
5040       for (count=lhs->digits, cup=lhs->lsu, lip=zlhi; count>0; lip++)
5041 	for (p=0, *lip=0; p<FASTDIGS && count>0;
5042 	     p+=DECDPUN, cup++, count-=DECDPUN)
5043 	  *lip+=*cup*powers[p];
5044       lmsi=lip-1;     /* save -> msi */
5045       for (count=rhs->digits, cup=rhs->lsu, rip=zrhi; count>0; rip++)
5046 	for (p=0, *rip=0; p<FASTDIGS && count>0;
5047 	     p+=DECDPUN, cup++, count-=DECDPUN)
5048 	  *rip+=*cup*powers[p];
5049       rmsi=rip-1;     /* save -> msi */
5050 
5051       /* zero the accumulator */
5052       for (lp=zacc; lp<zacc+iacc; lp++) *lp=0;
5053 
5054       /* Start the multiplication */
5055       /* Resolving carries can dominate the cost of accumulating the */
5056       /* partial products, so this is only done when necessary. */
5057       /* Each uLong item in the accumulator can hold values up to */
5058       /* 2**64-1, and each partial product can be as large as */
5059       /* (10**FASTDIGS-1)**2.  When FASTDIGS=9, this can be added to */
5060       /* itself 18.4 times in a uLong without overflowing, so during */
5061       /* the main calculation resolution is carried out every 18th */
5062       /* add -- every 162 digits.  Similarly, when FASTDIGS=8, the */
5063       /* partial products can be added to themselves 1844.6 times in */
5064       /* a uLong without overflowing, so intermediate carry */
5065       /* resolution occurs only every 14752 digits.  Hence for common */
5066       /* short numbers usually only the one final carry resolution */
5067       /* occurs. */
5068       /* (The count is set via FASTLAZY to simplify experiments to */
5069       /* measure the value of this approach: a 35% improvement on a */
5070       /* [34x34] multiply.) */
5071       lazy=FASTLAZY;			     /* carry delay count */
5072       for (rip=zrhi; rip<=rmsi; rip++) {     /* over each item in rhs */
5073 	lp=zacc+(rip-zrhi);		     /* where to add the lhs */
5074 	for (lip=zlhi; lip<=lmsi; lip++, lp++) { /* over each item in lhs */
5075 	  *lp+=(uLong)(*lip)*(*rip);	     /* [this should in-line] */
5076 	  } /* lip loop */
5077 	lazy--;
5078 	if (lazy>0 && rip!=rmsi) continue;
5079 	lazy=FASTLAZY;			     /* reset delay count */
5080 	/* spin up the accumulator resolving overflows */
5081 	for (lp=zacc; lp<zacc+iacc; lp++) {
5082 	  if (*lp<FASTBASE) continue;	     /* it fits */
5083 	  lcarry=*lp/FASTBASE;		     /* top part [slow divide] */
5084 	  /* lcarry can exceed 2**32-1, so check again; this check */
5085 	  /* and occasional extra divide (slow) is well worth it, as */
5086 	  /* it allows FASTLAZY to be increased to 18 rather than 4 */
5087 	  /* in the FASTDIGS=9 case */
5088 	  if (lcarry<FASTBASE) carry=(uInt)lcarry;  /* [usual] */
5089 	   else { /* two-place carry [fairly rare] */
5090 	    uInt carry2=(uInt)(lcarry/FASTBASE);    /* top top part */
5091 	    *(lp+2)+=carry2;			    /* add to item+2 */
5092 	    *lp-=((uLong)FASTBASE*FASTBASE*carry2); /* [slow] */
5093 	    carry=(uInt)(lcarry-((uLong)FASTBASE*carry2)); /* [inline] */
5094 	    }
5095 	  *(lp+1)+=carry;		     /* add to item above [inline] */
5096 	  *lp-=((uLong)FASTBASE*carry);	     /* [inline] */
5097 	  } /* carry resolution */
5098 	} /* rip loop */
5099 
5100       /* The multiplication is complete; time to convert back into */
5101       /* units.	 This can be done in-place in the accumulator and in */
5102       /* 32-bit operations, because carries were resolved after the */
5103       /* final add.  This needs N-1 divides and multiplies for */
5104       /* each item in the accumulator (which will become up to N */
5105       /* units, where 2<=N<=9). */
5106       for (lp=zacc, up=acc; lp<zacc+iacc; lp++) {
5107 	uInt item=(uInt)*lp;		     /* decapitate to uInt */
5108 	for (p=0; p<FASTDIGS-DECDPUN; p+=DECDPUN, up++) {
5109 	  uInt part=item/(DECDPUNMAX+1);
5110 	  *up=(Unit)(item-(part*(DECDPUNMAX+1)));
5111 	  item=part;
5112 	  } /* p */
5113 	*up=(Unit)item; up++;		     /* [final needs no division] */
5114 	} /* lp */
5115       accunits=up-acc;			     /* count of units */
5116       }
5117      else { /* here to use units directly, without chunking ['old code'] */
5118     #endif
5119 
5120       /* if accumulator will be too long for local storage, then allocate */
5121       acc=accbuff;		   /* -> assume buffer for accumulator */
5122       needbytes=(D2U(lhs->digits)+D2U(rhs->digits))*sizeof(Unit);
5123       if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(accbuff)) {
5124 	allocacc=(Unit *)malloc(needbytes);
5125 	if (allocacc==NULL) {*status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage; break;}
5126 	acc=(Unit *)allocacc;		     /* use the allocated space */
5127 	}
5128 
5129       /* Now the main long multiplication loop */
5130       /* Unlike the equivalent in the IBM Java implementation, there */
5131       /* is no advantage in calculating from msu to lsu.  So, do it */
5132       /* by the book, as it were. */
5133       /* Each iteration calculates ACC=ACC+MULTAND*MULT */
5134       accunits=1;		   /* accumulator starts at '0' */
5135       *acc=0;			   /* .. (lsu=0) */
5136       shift=0;			   /* no multiplicand shift at first */
5137       madlength=D2U(lhs->digits);  /* this won't change */
5138       mermsup=rhs->lsu+D2U(rhs->digits); /* -> msu+1 of multiplier */
5139 
5140       for (mer=rhs->lsu; mer<mermsup; mer++) {
5141 	/* Here, *mer is the next Unit in the multiplier to use */
5142 	/* If non-zero [optimization] add it... */
5143 	if (*mer!=0) accunits=decUnitAddSub(&acc[shift], accunits-shift,
5144 					    lhs->lsu, madlength, 0,
5145 					    &acc[shift], *mer)
5146 					    + shift;
5147 	 else { /* extend acc with a 0; it will be used shortly */
5148 	  *(acc+accunits)=0;	   /* [this avoids length of <=0 later] */
5149 	  accunits++;
5150 	  }
5151 	/* multiply multiplicand by 10**DECDPUN for next Unit to left */
5152 	shift++;		   /* add this for 'logical length' */
5153 	} /* n */
5154     #if FASTMUL
5155       } /* unchunked units */
5156     #endif
5157     /* common end-path */
5158     #if DECTRACE
5159       decDumpAr('*', acc, accunits);	     /* Show exact result */
5160     #endif
5161 
5162     /* acc now contains the exact result of the multiplication, */
5163     /* possibly with a leading zero unit; build the decNumber from */
5164     /* it, noting if any residue */
5165     res->bits=bits;			     /* set sign */
5166     res->digits=decGetDigits(acc, accunits); /* count digits exactly */
5167 
5168     /* There can be a 31-bit wrap in calculating the exponent. */
5169     /* This can only happen if both input exponents are negative and */
5170     /* both their magnitudes are large.	 If there was a wrap, set a */
5171     /* safe very negative exponent, from which decFinalize() will */
5172     /* raise a hard underflow shortly. */
5173     exponent=lhs->exponent+rhs->exponent;    /* calculate exponent */
5174     if (lhs->exponent<0 && rhs->exponent<0 && exponent>0)
5175       exponent=-2*DECNUMMAXE;		     /* force underflow */
5176     res->exponent=exponent;		     /* OK to overwrite now */
5177 
5178 
5179     /* Set the coefficient.  If any rounding, residue records */
5180     decSetCoeff(res, set, acc, res->digits, &residue, status);
5181     decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);   /* final cleanup */
5182     } while(0);				/* end protected */
5183 
5184   if (allocacc!=NULL) free(allocacc);	/* drop any storage used */
5185   #if DECSUBSET
5186   if (allocrhs!=NULL) free(allocrhs);	/* .. */
5187   if (alloclhs!=NULL) free(alloclhs);	/* .. */
5188   #endif
5189   #if FASTMUL
5190   if (allocrhi!=NULL) free(allocrhi);	/* .. */
5191   if (alloclhi!=NULL) free(alloclhi);	/* .. */
5192   #endif
5193   return res;
5194   } /* decMultiplyOp */
5195 
5196 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
5197 /* decExpOp -- effect exponentiation				      */
5198 /*								      */
5199 /*   This computes C = exp(A)					      */
5200 /*								      */
5201 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
5202 /*   rhs is A							      */
5203 /*   set is the context; note that rounding mode has no effect	      */
5204 /*								      */
5205 /* C must have space for set->digits digits. status is updated but    */
5206 /* not set.							      */
5207 /*								      */
5208 /* Restrictions:						      */
5209 /*								      */
5210 /*   digits, emax, and -emin in the context must be less than	      */
5211 /*   2*DEC_MAX_MATH (1999998), and the rhs must be within these	      */
5212 /*   bounds or a zero.	This is an internal routine, so these	      */
5213 /*   restrictions are contractual and not enforced.		      */
5214 /*								      */
5215 /* A finite result is rounded using DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; it will      */
5216 /* almost always be correctly rounded, but may be up to 1 ulp in      */
5217 /* error in rare cases.						      */
5218 /*								      */
5219 /* Finite results will always be full precision and Inexact, except   */
5220 /* when A is a zero or -Infinity (giving 1 or 0 respectively).	      */
5221 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
5222 /* This approach used here is similar to the algorithm described in   */
5223 /*								      */
5224 /*   Variable Precision Exponential Function, T. E. Hull and	      */
5225 /*   A. Abrham, ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, Vol 12 #2, */
5226 /*   pp79-91, ACM, June 1986.					      */
5227 /*								      */
5228 /* with the main difference being that the iterations in the series   */
5229 /* evaluation are terminated dynamically (which does not require the  */
5230 /* extra variable-precision variables which are expensive in this     */
5231 /* context).							      */
5232 /*								      */
5233 /* The error analysis in Hull & Abrham's paper applies except for the */
5234 /* round-off error accumulation during the series evaluation.  This   */
5235 /* code does not precalculate the number of iterations and so cannot  */
5236 /* use Horner's scheme.	 Instead, the accumulation is done at double- */
5237 /* precision, which ensures that the additions of the terms are exact */
5238 /* and do not accumulate round-off (and any round-off errors in the   */
5239 /* terms themselves move 'to the right' faster than they can	      */
5240 /* accumulate).	 This code also extends the calculation by allowing,  */
5241 /* in the spirit of other decNumber operators, the input to be more   */
5242 /* precise than the result (the precision used is based on the more   */
5243 /* precise of the input or requested result).			      */
5244 /*								      */
5245 /* Implementation notes:					      */
5246 /*								      */
5247 /* 1. This is separated out as decExpOp so it can be called from      */
5248 /*    other Mathematical functions (notably Ln) with a wider range    */
5249 /*    than normal.  In particular, it can handle the slightly wider   */
5250 /*    (double) range needed by Ln (which has to be able to calculate  */
5251 /*    exp(-x) where x can be the tiniest number (Ntiny).	      */
5252 /*								      */
5253 /* 2. Normalizing x to be <=0.1 (instead of <=1) reduces loop	      */
5254 /*    iterations by approximately a third with additional (although    */
5255 /*    diminishing) returns as the range is reduced to even smaller    */
5256 /*    fractions.  However, h (the power of 10 used to correct the     */
5257 /*    result at the end, see below) must be kept <=8 as otherwise     */
5258 /*    the final result cannot be computed.  Hence the leverage is a   */
5259 /*    sliding value (8-h), where potentially the range is reduced     */
5260 /*    more for smaller values.					      */
5261 /*								      */
5262 /*    The leverage that can be applied in this way is severely	      */
5263 /*    limited by the cost of the raise-to-the power at the end,	      */
5264 /*    which dominates when the number of iterations is small (less    */
5265 /*    than ten) or when rhs is short.  As an example, the adjustment  */
5266 /*    x**10,000,000 needs 31 multiplications, all but one full-width. */
5267 /*								      */
5268 /* 3. The restrictions (especially precision) could be raised with    */
5269 /*    care, but the full decNumber range seems very hard within the   */
5270 /*    32-bit limits.						      */
5271 /*								      */
5272 /* 4. The working precisions for the static buffers are twice the     */
5273 /*    obvious size to allow for calls from decNumberPower.	      */
5274 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
5275 static decNumber *decExpOp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
5276                            decContext *set, uInt *status) {
5277   uInt ignore=0;		   /* working status */
5278   Int h;			   /* adjusted exponent for 0.xxxx */
5279   Int p;			   /* working precision */
5280   Int residue;			   /* rounding residue */
5281   uInt needbytes;		   /* for space calculations */
5282   const decNumber *x=rhs;	   /* (may point to safe copy later) */
5283   decContext aset, tset, dset;	   /* working contexts */
5284   Int comp;			   /* work */
5285 
5286   /* the argument is often copied to normalize it, so (unusually) it */
5287   /* is treated like other buffers, using DECBUFFER, +1 in case */
5288   /* DECBUFFER is 0 */
5289   decNumber bufr[D2N(DECBUFFER*2+1)];
5290   decNumber *allocrhs=NULL;	   /* non-NULL if rhs buffer allocated */
5291 
5292   /* the working precision will be no more than set->digits+8+1 */
5293   /* so for on-stack buffers DECBUFFER+9 is used, +1 in case DECBUFFER */
5294   /* is 0 (and twice that for the accumulator) */
5295 
5296   /* buffer for t, term (working precision plus) */
5297   decNumber buft[D2N(DECBUFFER*2+9+1)];
5298   decNumber *allocbuft=NULL;	   /* -> allocated buft, iff allocated */
5299   decNumber *t=buft;		   /* term */
5300   /* buffer for a, accumulator (working precision * 2), at least 9 */
5301   decNumber bufa[D2N(DECBUFFER*4+18+1)];
5302   decNumber *allocbufa=NULL;	   /* -> allocated bufa, iff allocated */
5303   decNumber *a=bufa;		   /* accumulator */
5304   /* decNumber for the divisor term; this needs at most 9 digits */
5305   /* and so can be fixed size [16 so can use standard context] */
5306   decNumber bufd[D2N(16)];
5307   decNumber *d=bufd;		   /* divisor */
5308   decNumber numone;		   /* constant 1 */
5309 
5310   #if DECCHECK
5311   Int iterations=0;		   /* for later sanity check */
5312   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
5313   #endif
5314 
5315   do {					/* protect allocated storage */
5316     if (SPECIALARG) {			/* handle infinities and NaNs */
5317       if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) {	/* an infinity */
5318 	if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs))	/* -Infinity -> +0 */
5319 	  decNumberZero(res);
5320 	 else decNumberCopy(res, rhs);	/* +Infinity -> self */
5321 	}
5322        else decNaNs(res, rhs, NULL, set, status); /* a NaN */
5323       break;}
5324 
5325     if (ISZERO(rhs)) {			/* zeros -> exact 1 */
5326       decNumberZero(res);		/* make clean 1 */
5327       *res->lsu=1;			/* .. */
5328       break;}				/* [no status to set] */
5329 
5330     /* e**x when 0 < x < 0.66 is < 1+3x/2, hence can fast-path */
5331     /* positive and negative tiny cases which will result in inexact */
5332     /* 1.  This also allows the later add-accumulate to always be */
5333     /* exact (because its length will never be more than twice the */
5334     /* working precision). */
5335     /* The comparator (tiny) needs just one digit, so use the */
5336     /* decNumber d for it (reused as the divisor, etc., below); its */
5337     /* exponent is such that if x is positive it will have */
5338     /* set->digits-1 zeros between the decimal point and the digit, */
5339     /* which is 4, and if x is negative one more zero there as the */
5340     /* more precise result will be of the form 0.9999999 rather than */
5341     /* 1.0000001.  Hence, tiny will be 0.0000004  if digits=7 and x>0 */
5342     /* or 0.00000004 if digits=7 and x<0.  If RHS not larger than */
5343     /* this then the result will be 1.000000 */
5344     decNumberZero(d);			/* clean */
5345     *d->lsu=4;				/* set 4 .. */
5346     d->exponent=-set->digits;		/* * 10**(-d) */
5347     if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) d->exponent--;  /* negative case */
5348     comp=decCompare(d, rhs, 1);		/* signless compare */
5349     if (comp==BADINT) {
5350       *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
5351       break;}
5352     if (comp>=0) {			/* rhs < d */
5353       Int shift=set->digits-1;
5354       decNumberZero(res);		/* set 1 */
5355       *res->lsu=1;			/* .. */
5356       res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, 1, shift);
5357       res->exponent=-shift;		     /* make 1.0000... */
5358       *status|=DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded;    /* .. inexactly */
5359       break;} /* tiny */
5360 
5361     /* set up the context to be used for calculating a, as this is */
5362     /* used on both paths below */
5363     decContextDefault(&aset, DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64);
5364     /* accumulator bounds are as requested (could underflow) */
5365     aset.emax=set->emax;		/* usual bounds */
5366     aset.emin=set->emin;		/* .. */
5367     aset.clamp=0;			/* and no concrete format */
5368 
5369     /* calculate the adjusted (Hull & Abrham) exponent (where the */
5370     /* decimal point is just to the left of the coefficient msd) */
5371     h=rhs->exponent+rhs->digits;
5372     /* if h>8 then 10**h cannot be calculated safely; however, when */
5373     /* h=8 then exp(|rhs|) will be at least exp(1E+7) which is at */
5374     /* least 6.59E+4342944, so (due to the restriction on Emax/Emin) */
5375     /* overflow (or underflow to 0) is guaranteed -- so this case can */
5376     /* be handled by simply forcing the appropriate excess */
5377     if (h>8) {				/* overflow/underflow */
5378       /* set up here so Power call below will over or underflow to */
5379       /* zero; set accumulator to either 2 or 0.02 */
5380       /* [stack buffer for a is always big enough for this] */
5381       decNumberZero(a);
5382       *a->lsu=2;			/* not 1 but < exp(1) */
5383       if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) a->exponent=-2; /* make 0.02 */
5384       h=8;				/* clamp so 10**h computable */
5385       p=9;				/* set a working precision */
5386       }
5387      else {				/* h<=8 */
5388       Int maxlever=(rhs->digits>8?1:0);
5389       /* [could/should increase this for precisions >40 or so, too] */
5390 
5391       /* if h is 8, cannot normalize to a lower upper limit because */
5392       /* the final result will not be computable (see notes above), */
5393       /* but leverage can be applied whenever h is less than 8. */
5394       /* Apply as much as possible, up to a MAXLEVER digits, which */
5395       /* sets the tradeoff against the cost of the later a**(10**h). */
5396       /* As h is increased, the working precision below also */
5397       /* increases to compensate for the "constant digits at the */
5398       /* front" effect. */
5399       Int lever=MINI(8-h, maxlever);	/* leverage attainable */
5400       Int use=-rhs->digits-lever;	/* exponent to use for RHS */
5401       h+=lever;				/* apply leverage selected */
5402       if (h<0) {			/* clamp */
5403 	use+=h;				/* [may end up subnormal] */
5404 	h=0;
5405 	}
5406       /* Take a copy of RHS if it needs normalization (true whenever x>=1) */
5407       if (rhs->exponent!=use) {
5408 	decNumber *newrhs=bufr;		/* assume will fit on stack */
5409 	needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(rhs->digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
5410 	if (needbytes>sizeof(bufr)) {	/* need malloc space */
5411 	  allocrhs=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
5412 	  if (allocrhs==NULL) {		/* hopeless -- abandon */
5413 	    *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
5414 	    break;}
5415 	  newrhs=allocrhs;		/* use the allocated space */
5416 	  }
5417 	decNumberCopy(newrhs, rhs);	/* copy to safe space */
5418 	newrhs->exponent=use;		/* normalize; now <1 */
5419 	x=newrhs;			/* ready for use */
5420 	/* decNumberShow(x); */
5421 	}
5422 
5423       /* Now use the usual power series to evaluate exp(x).  The */
5424       /* series starts as 1 + x + x^2/2 ... so prime ready for the */
5425       /* third term by setting the term variable t=x, the accumulator */
5426       /* a=1, and the divisor d=2. */
5427 
5428       /* First determine the working precision.	 From Hull & Abrham */
5429       /* this is set->digits+h+2.  However, if x is 'over-precise' we */
5430       /* need to allow for all its digits to potentially participate */
5431       /* (consider an x where all the excess digits are 9s) so in */
5432       /* this case use x->digits+h+2 */
5433       p=MAXI(x->digits, set->digits)+h+2;    /* [h<=8] */
5434 
5435       /* a and t are variable precision, and depend on p, so space */
5436       /* must be allocated for them if necessary */
5437 
5438       /* the accumulator needs to be able to hold 2p digits so that */
5439       /* the additions on the second and subsequent iterations are */
5440       /* sufficiently exact. */
5441       needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(p*2)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
5442       if (needbytes>sizeof(bufa)) {	/* need malloc space */
5443 	allocbufa=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
5444 	if (allocbufa==NULL) {		/* hopeless -- abandon */
5445 	  *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
5446 	  break;}
5447 	a=allocbufa;			/* use the allocated space */
5448 	}
5449       /* the term needs to be able to hold p digits (which is */
5450       /* guaranteed to be larger than x->digits, so the initial copy */
5451       /* is safe); it may also be used for the raise-to-power */
5452       /* calculation below, which needs an extra two digits */
5453       needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(p+2)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
5454       if (needbytes>sizeof(buft)) {	/* need malloc space */
5455 	allocbuft=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
5456 	if (allocbuft==NULL) {		/* hopeless -- abandon */
5457 	  *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
5458 	  break;}
5459 	t=allocbuft;			/* use the allocated space */
5460 	}
5461 
5462       decNumberCopy(t, x);		/* term=x */
5463       decNumberZero(a); *a->lsu=1;	/* accumulator=1 */
5464       decNumberZero(d); *d->lsu=2;	/* divisor=2 */
5465       decNumberZero(&numone); *numone.lsu=1; /* constant 1 for increment */
5466 
5467       /* set up the contexts for calculating a, t, and d */
5468       decContextDefault(&tset, DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64);
5469       dset=tset;
5470       /* accumulator bounds are set above, set precision now */
5471       aset.digits=p*2;			/* double */
5472       /* term bounds avoid any underflow or overflow */
5473       tset.digits=p;
5474       tset.emin=DEC_MIN_EMIN;		/* [emax is plenty] */
5475       /* [dset.digits=16, etc., are sufficient] */
5476 
5477       /* finally ready to roll */
5478       for (;;) {
5479 	#if DECCHECK
5480 	iterations++;
5481 	#endif
5482 	/* only the status from the accumulation is interesting */
5483 	/* [but it should remain unchanged after first add] */
5484 	decAddOp(a, a, t, &aset, 0, status);	       /* a=a+t */
5485 	decMultiplyOp(t, t, x, &tset, &ignore);	       /* t=t*x */
5486 	decDivideOp(t, t, d, &tset, DIVIDE, &ignore);  /* t=t/d */
5487 	/* the iteration ends when the term cannot affect the result, */
5488 	/* if rounded to p digits, which is when its value is smaller */
5489 	/* than the accumulator by p+1 digits.	There must also be */
5490 	/* full precision in a. */
5491 	if (((a->digits+a->exponent)>=(t->digits+t->exponent+p+1))
5492 	    && (a->digits>=p)) break;
5493 	decAddOp(d, d, &numone, &dset, 0, &ignore);    /* d=d+1 */
5494 	} /* iterate */
5495 
5496       #if DECCHECK
5497       /* just a sanity check; comment out test to show always */
5498       if (iterations>p+3)
5499 	printf("Exp iterations=%ld, status=%08lx, p=%ld, d=%ld\n",
5500 	       iterations, *status, p, x->digits);
5501       #endif
5502       } /* h<=8 */
5503 
5504     /* apply postconditioning: a=a**(10**h) -- this is calculated */
5505     /* at a slightly higher precision than Hull & Abrham suggest */
5506     if (h>0) {
5507       Int seenbit=0;		   /* set once a 1-bit is seen */
5508       Int i;			   /* counter */
5509       Int n=powers[h];		   /* always positive */
5510       aset.digits=p+2;		   /* sufficient precision */
5511       /* avoid the overhead and many extra digits of decNumberPower */
5512       /* as all that is needed is the short 'multipliers' loop; here */
5513       /* accumulate the answer into t */
5514       decNumberZero(t); *t->lsu=1; /* acc=1 */
5515       for (i=1;;i++){		   /* for each bit [top bit ignored] */
5516 	/* abandon if have had overflow or terminal underflow */
5517 	if (*status & (DEC_Overflow|DEC_Underflow)) { /* interesting? */
5518 	  if (*status&DEC_Overflow || ISZERO(t)) break;}
5519 	n=n<<1;			   /* move next bit to testable position */
5520 	if (n<0) {		   /* top bit is set */
5521 	  seenbit=1;		   /* OK, have a significant bit */
5522 	  decMultiplyOp(t, t, a, &aset, status); /* acc=acc*x */
5523 	  }
5524 	if (i==31) break;	   /* that was the last bit */
5525 	if (!seenbit) continue;	   /* no need to square 1 */
5526 	decMultiplyOp(t, t, t, &aset, status); /* acc=acc*acc [square] */
5527 	} /*i*/ /* 32 bits */
5528       /* decNumberShow(t); */
5529       a=t;			   /* and carry on using t instead of a */
5530       }
5531 
5532     /* Copy and round the result to res */
5533     residue=1;				/* indicate dirt to right .. */
5534     if (ISZERO(a)) residue=0;		/* .. unless underflowed to 0 */
5535     aset.digits=set->digits;		/* [use default rounding] */
5536     decCopyFit(res, a, &aset, &residue, status); /* copy & shorten */
5537     decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);	 /* cleanup/set flags */
5538     } while(0);				/* end protected */
5539 
5540   if (allocrhs !=NULL) free(allocrhs);	/* drop any storage used */
5541   if (allocbufa!=NULL) free(allocbufa); /* .. */
5542   if (allocbuft!=NULL) free(allocbuft); /* .. */
5543   /* [status is handled by caller] */
5544   return res;
5545   } /* decExpOp */
5546 
5547 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
5548 /* Initial-estimate natural logarithm table			      */
5549 /*								      */
5550 /*   LNnn -- 90-entry 16-bit table for values from .10 through .99.   */
5551 /*	     The result is a 4-digit encode of the coefficient (c=the */
5552 /*	     top 14 bits encoding 0-9999) and a 2-digit encode of the */
5553 /*	     exponent (e=the bottom 2 bits encoding 0-3)	      */
5554 /*								      */
5555 /*	     The resulting value is given by:			      */
5556 /*								      */
5557 /*	       v = -c * 10**(-e-3)				      */
5558 /*								      */
5559 /*	     where e and c are extracted from entry k = LNnn[x-10]    */
5560 /*	     where x is truncated (NB) into the range 10 through 99,  */
5561 /*	     and then c = k>>2 and e = k&3.			      */
5562 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
5563 static const uShort LNnn[90] = {
5564   9016,  8652,  8316,  8008,  7724,  7456,  7208,
5565   6972,	 6748,	6540,  6340,  6148,  5968,  5792,  5628,  5464,	 5312,
5566   5164,	 5020,	4884,  4748,  4620,  4496,  4376,  4256,  4144,	 4032,
5567  39233, 38181, 37157, 36157, 35181, 34229, 33297, 32389, 31501, 30629,
5568  29777, 28945, 28129, 27329, 26545, 25777, 25021, 24281, 23553, 22837,
5569  22137, 21445, 20769, 20101, 19445, 18801, 18165, 17541, 16925, 16321,
5570  15721, 15133, 14553, 13985, 13421, 12865, 12317, 11777, 11241, 10717,
5571  10197,	 9685,	9177,  8677,  8185,  7697,  7213,  6737,  6269,	 5801,
5572   5341,	 4889,	4437, 39930, 35534, 31186, 26886, 22630, 18418, 14254,
5573  10130,	 6046, 20055};
5574 
5575 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
5576 /* decLnOp -- effect natural logarithm				      */
5577 /*								      */
5578 /*   This computes C = ln(A)					      */
5579 /*								      */
5580 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A				      */
5581 /*   rhs is A							      */
5582 /*   set is the context; note that rounding mode has no effect	      */
5583 /*								      */
5584 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
5585 /*								      */
5586 /* Notable cases:						      */
5587 /*   A<0 -> Invalid						      */
5588 /*   A=0 -> -Infinity (Exact)					      */
5589 /*   A=+Infinity -> +Infinity (Exact)				      */
5590 /*   A=1 exactly -> 0 (Exact)					      */
5591 /*								      */
5592 /* Restrictions (as for Exp):					      */
5593 /*								      */
5594 /*   digits, emax, and -emin in the context must be less than	      */
5595 /*   DEC_MAX_MATH+11 (1000010), and the rhs must be within these      */
5596 /*   bounds or a zero.	This is an internal routine, so these	      */
5597 /*   restrictions are contractual and not enforced.		      */
5598 /*								      */
5599 /* A finite result is rounded using DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; it will      */
5600 /* almost always be correctly rounded, but may be up to 1 ulp in      */
5601 /* error in rare cases.						      */
5602 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
5603 /* The result is calculated using Newton's method, with each	      */
5604 /* iteration calculating a' = a + x * exp(-a) - 1.  See, for example, */
5605 /* Epperson 1989.						      */
5606 /*								      */
5607 /* The iteration ends when the adjustment x*exp(-a)-1 is tiny enough. */
5608 /* This has to be calculated at the sum of the precision of x and the */
5609 /* working precision.						      */
5610 /*								      */
5611 /* Implementation notes:					      */
5612 /*								      */
5613 /* 1. This is separated out as decLnOp so it can be called from	      */
5614 /*    other Mathematical functions (e.g., Log 10) with a wider range  */
5615 /*    than normal.  In particular, it can handle the slightly wider   */
5616 /*    (+9+2) range needed by a power function.			      */
5617 /*								      */
5618 /* 2. The speed of this function is about 10x slower than exp, as     */
5619 /*    it typically needs 4-6 iterations for short numbers, and the    */
5620 /*    extra precision needed adds a squaring effect, twice.	      */
5621 /*								      */
5622 /* 3. Fastpaths are included for ln(10) and ln(2), up to length 40,   */
5623 /*    as these are common requests.  ln(10) is used by log10(x).      */
5624 /*								      */
5625 /* 4. An iteration might be saved by widening the LNnn table, and     */
5626 /*    would certainly save at least one if it were made ten times     */
5627 /*    bigger, too (for truncated fractions 0.100 through 0.999).      */
5628 /*    However, for most practical evaluations, at least four or five  */
5629 /*    iterations will be neede -- so this would only speed up by      */
5630 /*    20-25% and that probably does not justify increasing the table  */
5631 /*    size.							      */
5632 /*								      */
5633 /* 5. The static buffers are larger than might be expected to allow   */
5634 /*    for calls from decNumberPower.				      */
5635 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
5636 static decNumber *decLnOp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
5637                           decContext *set, uInt *status) {
5638   uInt ignore=0;		   /* working status accumulator */
5639   uInt needbytes;		   /* for space calculations */
5640   Int residue;			   /* rounding residue */
5641   Int r;			   /* rhs=f*10**r [see below] */
5642   Int p;			   /* working precision */
5643   Int pp;			   /* precision for iteration */
5644   Int t;			   /* work */
5645 
5646   /* buffers for a (accumulator, typically precision+2) and b */
5647   /* (adjustment calculator, same size) */
5648   decNumber bufa[D2N(DECBUFFER+12)];
5649   decNumber *allocbufa=NULL;	   /* -> allocated bufa, iff allocated */
5650   decNumber *a=bufa;		   /* accumulator/work */
5651   decNumber bufb[D2N(DECBUFFER*2+2)];
5652   decNumber *allocbufb=NULL;	   /* -> allocated bufa, iff allocated */
5653   decNumber *b=bufb;		   /* adjustment/work */
5654 
5655   decNumber  numone;		   /* constant 1 */
5656   decNumber  cmp;		   /* work */
5657   decContext aset, bset;	   /* working contexts */
5658 
5659   #if DECCHECK
5660   Int iterations=0;		   /* for later sanity check */
5661   if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
5662   #endif
5663 
5664   do {					/* protect allocated storage */
5665     if (SPECIALARG) {			/* handle infinities and NaNs */
5666       if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) {	/* an infinity */
5667 	if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs))	/* -Infinity -> error */
5668 	  *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
5669 	 else decNumberCopy(res, rhs);	/* +Infinity -> self */
5670 	}
5671        else decNaNs(res, rhs, NULL, set, status); /* a NaN */
5672       break;}
5673 
5674     if (ISZERO(rhs)) {			/* +/- zeros -> -Infinity */
5675       decNumberZero(res);		/* make clean */
5676       res->bits=DECINF|DECNEG;		/* set - infinity */
5677       break;}				/* [no status to set] */
5678 
5679     /* Non-zero negatives are bad... */
5680     if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {	/* -x -> error */
5681       *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
5682       break;}
5683 
5684     /* Here, rhs is positive, finite, and in range */
5685 
5686     /* lookaside fastpath code for ln(2) and ln(10) at common lengths */
5687     if (rhs->exponent==0 && set->digits<=40) {
5688       #if DECDPUN==1
5689       if (rhs->lsu[0]==0 && rhs->lsu[1]==1 && rhs->digits==2) { /* ln(10) */
5690       #else
5691       if (rhs->lsu[0]==10 && rhs->digits==2) {			/* ln(10) */
5692       #endif
5693 	aset=*set; aset.round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN;
5694 	#define LN10 "2.302585092994045684017991454684364207601"
5695 	decNumberFromString(res, LN10, &aset);
5696 	*status|=(DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded); /* is inexact */
5697 	break;}
5698       if (rhs->lsu[0]==2 && rhs->digits==1) { /* ln(2) */
5699 	aset=*set; aset.round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN;
5700 	#define LN2 "0.6931471805599453094172321214581765680755"
5701 	decNumberFromString(res, LN2, &aset);
5702 	*status|=(DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded);
5703 	break;}
5704       } /* integer and short */
5705 
5706     /* Determine the working precision.	 This is normally the */
5707     /* requested precision + 2, with a minimum of 9.  However, if */
5708     /* the rhs is 'over-precise' then allow for all its digits to */
5709     /* potentially participate (consider an rhs where all the excess */
5710     /* digits are 9s) so in this case use rhs->digits+2. */
5711     p=MAXI(rhs->digits, MAXI(set->digits, 7))+2;
5712 
5713     /* Allocate space for the accumulator and the high-precision */
5714     /* adjustment calculator, if necessary.  The accumulator must */
5715     /* be able to hold p digits, and the adjustment up to */
5716     /* rhs->digits+p digits.  They are also made big enough for 16 */
5717     /* digits so that they can be used for calculating the initial */
5718     /* estimate. */
5719     needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(MAXI(p,16))-1)*sizeof(Unit);
5720     if (needbytes>sizeof(bufa)) {     /* need malloc space */
5721       allocbufa=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
5722       if (allocbufa==NULL) {	      /* hopeless -- abandon */
5723 	*status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
5724 	break;}
5725       a=allocbufa;		      /* use the allocated space */
5726       }
5727     pp=p+rhs->digits;
5728     needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(MAXI(pp,16))-1)*sizeof(Unit);
5729     if (needbytes>sizeof(bufb)) {     /* need malloc space */
5730       allocbufb=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
5731       if (allocbufb==NULL) {	      /* hopeless -- abandon */
5732 	*status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
5733 	break;}
5734       b=allocbufb;		      /* use the allocated space */
5735       }
5736 
5737     /* Prepare an initial estimate in acc. Calculate this by */
5738     /* considering the coefficient of x to be a normalized fraction, */
5739     /* f, with the decimal point at far left and multiplied by */
5740     /* 10**r.  Then, rhs=f*10**r and 0.1<=f<1, and */
5741     /*	 ln(x) = ln(f) + ln(10)*r */
5742     /* Get the initial estimate for ln(f) from a small lookup */
5743     /* table (see above) indexed by the first two digits of f, */
5744     /* truncated. */
5745 
5746     decContextDefault(&aset, DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64); /* 16-digit extended */
5747     r=rhs->exponent+rhs->digits;	/* 'normalised' exponent */
5748     decNumberFromInt32(a, r);		/* a=r */
5749     decNumberFromInt32(b, 2302585);	/* b=ln(10) (2.302585) */
5750     b->exponent=-6;			/*  .. */
5751     decMultiplyOp(a, a, b, &aset, &ignore);  /* a=a*b */
5752     /* now get top two digits of rhs into b by simple truncate and */
5753     /* force to integer */
5754     residue=0;				/* (no residue) */
5755     aset.digits=2; aset.round=DEC_ROUND_DOWN;
5756     decCopyFit(b, rhs, &aset, &residue, &ignore); /* copy & shorten */
5757     b->exponent=0;			/* make integer */
5758     t=decGetInt(b);			/* [cannot fail] */
5759     if (t<10) t=X10(t);			/* adjust single-digit b */
5760     t=LNnn[t-10];			/* look up ln(b) */
5761     decNumberFromInt32(b, t>>2);	/* b=ln(b) coefficient */
5762     b->exponent=-(t&3)-3;		/* set exponent */
5763     b->bits=DECNEG;			/* ln(0.10)->ln(0.99) always -ve */
5764     aset.digits=16; aset.round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; /* restore */
5765     decAddOp(a, a, b, &aset, 0, &ignore); /* acc=a+b */
5766     /* the initial estimate is now in a, with up to 4 digits correct. */
5767     /* When rhs is at or near Nmax the estimate will be low, so we */
5768     /* will approach it from below, avoiding overflow when calling exp. */
5769 
5770     decNumberZero(&numone); *numone.lsu=1;   /* constant 1 for adjustment */
5771 
5772     /* accumulator bounds are as requested (could underflow, but */
5773     /* cannot overflow) */
5774     aset.emax=set->emax;
5775     aset.emin=set->emin;
5776     aset.clamp=0;			/* no concrete format */
5777     /* set up a context to be used for the multiply and subtract */
5778     bset=aset;
5779     bset.emax=DEC_MAX_MATH*2;		/* use double bounds for the */
5780     bset.emin=-DEC_MAX_MATH*2;		/* adjustment calculation */
5781 					/* [see decExpOp call below] */
5782     /* for each iteration double the number of digits to calculate, */
5783     /* up to a maximum of p */
5784     pp=9;				/* initial precision */
5785     /* [initially 9 as then the sequence starts 7+2, 16+2, and */
5786     /* 34+2, which is ideal for standard-sized numbers] */
5787     aset.digits=pp;			/* working context */
5788     bset.digits=pp+rhs->digits;		/* wider context */
5789     for (;;) {				/* iterate */
5790       #if DECCHECK
5791       iterations++;
5792       if (iterations>24) break;		/* consider 9 * 2**24 */
5793       #endif
5794       /* calculate the adjustment (exp(-a)*x-1) into b.	 This is a */
5795       /* catastrophic subtraction but it really is the difference */
5796       /* from 1 that is of interest. */
5797       /* Use the internal entry point to Exp as it allows the double */
5798       /* range for calculating exp(-a) when a is the tiniest subnormal. */
5799       a->bits^=DECNEG;			/* make -a */
5800       decExpOp(b, a, &bset, &ignore);	/* b=exp(-a) */
5801       a->bits^=DECNEG;			/* restore sign of a */
5802       /* now multiply by rhs and subtract 1, at the wider precision */
5803       decMultiplyOp(b, b, rhs, &bset, &ignore);	       /* b=b*rhs */
5804       decAddOp(b, b, &numone, &bset, DECNEG, &ignore); /* b=b-1 */
5805 
5806       /* the iteration ends when the adjustment cannot affect the */
5807       /* result by >=0.5 ulp (at the requested digits), which */
5808       /* is when its value is smaller than the accumulator by */
5809       /* set->digits+1 digits (or it is zero) -- this is a looser */
5810       /* requirement than for Exp because all that happens to the */
5811       /* accumulator after this is the final rounding (but note that */
5812       /* there must also be full precision in a, or a=0). */
5813 
5814       if (decNumberIsZero(b) ||
5815 	  (a->digits+a->exponent)>=(b->digits+b->exponent+set->digits+1)) {
5816 	if (a->digits==p) break;
5817 	if (decNumberIsZero(a)) {
5818 	  decCompareOp(&cmp, rhs, &numone, &aset, COMPARE, &ignore); /* rhs=1 ? */
5819 	  if (cmp.lsu[0]==0) a->exponent=0;	       /* yes, exact 0 */
5820 	   else *status|=(DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded);  /* no, inexact */
5821 	  break;
5822 	  }
5823 	/* force padding if adjustment has gone to 0 before full length */
5824 	if (decNumberIsZero(b)) b->exponent=a->exponent-p;
5825 	}
5826 
5827       /* not done yet ... */
5828       decAddOp(a, a, b, &aset, 0, &ignore);  /* a=a+b for next estimate */
5829       if (pp==p) continue;		     /* precision is at maximum */
5830       /* lengthen the next calculation */
5831       pp=pp*2;				     /* double precision */
5832       if (pp>p) pp=p;			     /* clamp to maximum */
5833       aset.digits=pp;			     /* working context */
5834       bset.digits=pp+rhs->digits;	     /* wider context */
5835       } /* Newton's iteration */
5836 
5837     #if DECCHECK
5838     /* just a sanity check; remove the test to show always */
5839     if (iterations>24)
5840       printf("Ln iterations=%ld, status=%08lx, p=%ld, d=%ld\n",
5841 	    iterations, *status, p, rhs->digits);
5842     #endif
5843 
5844     /* Copy and round the result to res */
5845     residue=1;				/* indicate dirt to right */
5846     if (ISZERO(a)) residue=0;		/* .. unless underflowed to 0 */
5847     aset.digits=set->digits;		/* [use default rounding] */
5848     decCopyFit(res, a, &aset, &residue, status); /* copy & shorten */
5849     decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);	 /* cleanup/set flags */
5850     } while(0);				/* end protected */
5851 
5852   if (allocbufa!=NULL) free(allocbufa); /* drop any storage used */
5853   if (allocbufb!=NULL) free(allocbufb); /* .. */
5854   /* [status is handled by caller] */
5855   return res;
5856   } /* decLnOp */
5857 
5858 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
5859 /* decQuantizeOp  -- force exponent to requested value		      */
5860 /*								      */
5861 /*   This computes C = op(A, B), where op adjusts the coefficient     */
5862 /*   of C (by rounding or shifting) such that the exponent (-scale)   */
5863 /*   of C has the value B or matches the exponent of B.		      */
5864 /*   The numerical value of C will equal A, except for the effects of */
5865 /*   any rounding that occurred.				      */
5866 /*								      */
5867 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A or B			      */
5868 /*   lhs is A, the number to adjust				      */
5869 /*   rhs is B, the requested exponent				      */
5870 /*   set is the context						      */
5871 /*   quant is 1 for quantize or 0 for rescale			      */
5872 /*   status is the status accumulator (this can be called without     */
5873 /*	    risk of control loss)				      */
5874 /*								      */
5875 /* C must have space for set->digits digits.			      */
5876 /*								      */
5877 /* Unless there is an error or the result is infinite, the exponent   */
5878 /* after the operation is guaranteed to be that requested.	      */
5879 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
5880 static decNumber * decQuantizeOp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
5881 				 const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set,
5882 				 Flag quant, uInt *status) {
5883   #if DECSUBSET
5884   decNumber *alloclhs=NULL;	   /* non-NULL if rounded lhs allocated */
5885   decNumber *allocrhs=NULL;	   /* .., rhs */
5886   #endif
5887   const decNumber *inrhs=rhs;	   /* save original rhs */
5888   Int	reqdigits=set->digits;	   /* requested DIGITS */
5889   Int	reqexp;			   /* requested exponent [-scale] */
5890   Int	residue=0;		   /* rounding residue */
5891   Int	etiny=set->emin-(reqdigits-1);
5892 
5893   #if DECCHECK
5894   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
5895   #endif
5896 
5897   do {				   /* protect allocated storage */
5898     #if DECSUBSET
5899     if (!set->extended) {
5900       /* reduce operands and set lostDigits status, as needed */
5901       if (lhs->digits>reqdigits) {
5902 	alloclhs=decRoundOperand(lhs, set, status);
5903 	if (alloclhs==NULL) break;
5904 	lhs=alloclhs;
5905 	}
5906       if (rhs->digits>reqdigits) { /* [this only checks lostDigits] */
5907 	allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, status);
5908 	if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
5909 	rhs=allocrhs;
5910 	}
5911       }
5912     #endif
5913     /* [following code does not require input rounding] */
5914 
5915     /* Handle special values */
5916     if (SPECIALARGS) {
5917       /* NaNs get usual processing */
5918       if (SPECIALARGS & (DECSNAN | DECNAN))
5919 	decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, status);
5920       /* one infinity but not both is bad */
5921       else if ((lhs->bits ^ rhs->bits) & DECINF)
5922 	*status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
5923       /* both infinity: return lhs */
5924       else decNumberCopy(res, lhs);	     /* [nop if in place] */
5925       break;
5926       }
5927 
5928     /* set requested exponent */
5929     if (quant) reqexp=inrhs->exponent;	/* quantize -- match exponents */
5930      else {				/* rescale -- use value of rhs */
5931       /* Original rhs must be an integer that fits and is in range, */
5932       /* which could be from -1999999997 to +999999999, thanks to */
5933       /* subnormals */
5934       reqexp=decGetInt(inrhs);		     /* [cannot fail] */
5935       }
5936 
5937     #if DECSUBSET
5938     if (!set->extended) etiny=set->emin;     /* no subnormals */
5939     #endif
5940 
5941     if (reqexp==BADINT			     /* bad (rescale only) or .. */
5942      || reqexp==BIGODD || reqexp==BIGEVEN    /* very big (ditto) or .. */
5943      || (reqexp<etiny)			     /* < lowest */
5944      || (reqexp>set->emax)) {		     /* > emax */
5945       *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
5946       break;}
5947 
5948     /* the RHS has been processed, so it can be overwritten now if necessary */
5949     if (ISZERO(lhs)) {			     /* zero coefficient unchanged */
5950       decNumberCopy(res, lhs);		     /* [nop if in place] */
5951       res->exponent=reqexp;		     /* .. just set exponent */
5952       #if DECSUBSET
5953       if (!set->extended) res->bits=0;	     /* subset specification; no -0 */
5954       #endif
5955       }
5956      else {				     /* non-zero lhs */
5957       Int adjust=reqexp-lhs->exponent;	     /* digit adjustment needed */
5958       /* if adjusted coefficient will definitely not fit, give up now */
5959       if ((lhs->digits-adjust)>reqdigits) {
5960 	*status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
5961 	break;
5962 	}
5963 
5964       if (adjust>0) {			     /* increasing exponent */
5965 	/* this will decrease the length of the coefficient by adjust */
5966 	/* digits, and must round as it does so */
5967 	decContext workset;		     /* work */
5968 	workset=*set;			     /* clone rounding, etc. */
5969 	workset.digits=lhs->digits-adjust;   /* set requested length */
5970 	/* [note that the latter can be <1, here] */
5971 	decCopyFit(res, lhs, &workset, &residue, status); /* fit to result */
5972 	decApplyRound(res, &workset, residue, status);	  /* .. and round */
5973 	residue=0;					  /* [used] */
5974 	/* If just rounded a 999s case, exponent will be off by one; */
5975 	/* adjust back (after checking space), if so. */
5976 	if (res->exponent>reqexp) {
5977 	  /* re-check needed, e.g., for quantize(0.9999, 0.001) under */
5978 	  /* set->digits==3 */
5979 	  if (res->digits==reqdigits) {	     /* cannot shift by 1 */
5980 	    *status&=~(DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded); /* [clean these] */
5981 	    *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
5982 	    break;
5983 	    }
5984 	  res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, res->digits, 1); /* shift */
5985 	  res->exponent--;		     /* (re)adjust the exponent. */
5986 	  }
5987 	#if DECSUBSET
5988 	if (ISZERO(res) && !set->extended) res->bits=0; /* subset; no -0 */
5989 	#endif
5990 	} /* increase */
5991        else /* adjust<=0 */ {		     /* decreasing or = exponent */
5992 	/* this will increase the length of the coefficient by -adjust */
5993 	/* digits, by adding zero or more trailing zeros; this is */
5994 	/* already checked for fit, above */
5995 	decNumberCopy(res, lhs);	     /* [it will fit] */
5996 	/* if padding needed (adjust<0), add it now... */
5997 	if (adjust<0) {
5998 	  res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, res->digits, -adjust);
5999 	  res->exponent+=adjust;	     /* adjust the exponent */
6000 	  }
6001 	} /* decrease */
6002       } /* non-zero */
6003 
6004     /* Check for overflow [do not use Finalize in this case, as an */
6005     /* overflow here is a "don't fit" situation] */
6006     if (res->exponent>set->emax-res->digits+1) {  /* too big */
6007       *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
6008       break;
6009       }
6010      else {
6011       decFinalize(res, set, &residue, status);	  /* set subnormal flags */
6012       *status&=~DEC_Underflow;		/* suppress Underflow [754r] */
6013       }
6014     } while(0);				/* end protected */
6015 
6016   #if DECSUBSET
6017   if (allocrhs!=NULL) free(allocrhs);	/* drop any storage used */
6018   if (alloclhs!=NULL) free(alloclhs);	/* .. */
6019   #endif
6020   return res;
6021   } /* decQuantizeOp */
6022 
6023 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6024 /* decCompareOp -- compare, min, or max two Numbers		      */
6025 /*								      */
6026 /*   This computes C = A ? B and carries out one of four operations:  */
6027 /*     COMPARE	  -- returns the signum (as a number) giving the      */
6028 /*		     result of a comparison unless one or both	      */
6029 /*		     operands is a NaN (in which case a NaN results)  */
6030 /*     COMPSIG	  -- as COMPARE except that a quiet NaN raises	      */
6031 /*		     Invalid operation.				      */
6032 /*     COMPMAX	  -- returns the larger of the operands, using the    */
6033 /*		     754r maxnum operation			      */
6034 /*     COMPMAXMAG -- ditto, comparing absolute values		      */
6035 /*     COMPMIN	  -- the 754r minnum operation			      */
6036 /*     COMPMINMAG -- ditto, comparing absolute values		      */
6037 /*     COMTOTAL	  -- returns the signum (as a number) giving the      */
6038 /*		     result of a comparison using 754r total ordering */
6039 /*								      */
6040 /*   res is C, the result.  C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X)	      */
6041 /*   lhs is A							      */
6042 /*   rhs is B							      */
6043 /*   set is the context						      */
6044 /*   op	 is the operation flag					      */
6045 /*   status is the usual accumulator				      */
6046 /*								      */
6047 /* C must have space for one digit for COMPARE or set->digits for     */
6048 /* COMPMAX, COMPMIN, COMPMAXMAG, or COMPMINMAG.			      */
6049 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6050 /* The emphasis here is on speed for common cases, and avoiding	      */
6051 /* coefficient comparison if possible.				      */
6052 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6053 static decNumber *decCompareOp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
6054                                const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set,
6055                                Flag op, uInt *status) {
6056   #if DECSUBSET
6057   decNumber *alloclhs=NULL;	   /* non-NULL if rounded lhs allocated */
6058   decNumber *allocrhs=NULL;	   /* .., rhs */
6059   #endif
6060   Int	result=0;		   /* default result value */
6061   uByte merged;			   /* work */
6062 
6063   #if DECCHECK
6064   if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
6065   #endif
6066 
6067   do {				   /* protect allocated storage */
6068     #if DECSUBSET
6069     if (!set->extended) {
6070       /* reduce operands and set lostDigits status, as needed */
6071       if (lhs->digits>set->digits) {
6072 	alloclhs=decRoundOperand(lhs, set, status);
6073 	if (alloclhs==NULL) {result=BADINT; break;}
6074 	lhs=alloclhs;
6075 	}
6076       if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
6077 	allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, status);
6078 	if (allocrhs==NULL) {result=BADINT; break;}
6079 	rhs=allocrhs;
6080 	}
6081       }
6082     #endif
6083     /* [following code does not require input rounding] */
6084 
6085     /* If total ordering then handle differing signs 'up front' */
6086     if (op==COMPTOTAL) {		/* total ordering */
6087       if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs) && !decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
6088 	result=-1;
6089 	break;
6090 	}
6091       if (!decNumberIsNegative(lhs) && decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
6092 	result=+1;
6093 	break;
6094 	}
6095       }
6096 
6097     /* handle NaNs specially; let infinities drop through */
6098     /* This assumes sNaN (even just one) leads to NaN. */
6099     merged=(lhs->bits | rhs->bits) & (DECSNAN | DECNAN);
6100     if (merged) {			/* a NaN bit set */
6101       if (op==COMPARE);			/* result will be NaN */
6102        else if (op==COMPSIG)		/* treat qNaN as sNaN */
6103 	*status|=DEC_Invalid_operation | DEC_sNaN;
6104        else if (op==COMPTOTAL) {	/* total ordering, always finite */
6105 	/* signs are known to be the same; compute the ordering here */
6106 	/* as if the signs are both positive, then invert for negatives */
6107 	if (!decNumberIsNaN(lhs)) result=-1;
6108 	 else if (!decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) result=+1;
6109 	 /* here if both NaNs */
6110 	 else if (decNumberIsSNaN(lhs) && decNumberIsQNaN(rhs)) result=-1;
6111 	 else if (decNumberIsQNaN(lhs) && decNumberIsSNaN(rhs)) result=+1;
6112 	 else { /* both NaN or both sNaN */
6113 	  /* now it just depends on the payload */
6114 	  result=decUnitCompare(lhs->lsu, D2U(lhs->digits),
6115 				rhs->lsu, D2U(rhs->digits), 0);
6116 	  /* [Error not possible, as these are 'aligned'] */
6117 	  } /* both same NaNs */
6118 	if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs)) result=-result;
6119 	break;
6120 	} /* total order */
6121 
6122        else if (merged & DECSNAN);	     /* sNaN -> qNaN */
6123        else { /* here if MIN or MAX and one or two quiet NaNs */
6124 	/* min or max -- 754r rules ignore single NaN */
6125 	if (!decNumberIsNaN(lhs) || !decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) {
6126 	  /* just one NaN; force choice to be the non-NaN operand */
6127 	  op=COMPMAX;
6128 	  if (lhs->bits & DECNAN) result=-1; /* pick rhs */
6129 			     else result=+1; /* pick lhs */
6130 	  break;
6131 	  }
6132 	} /* max or min */
6133       op=COMPNAN;			     /* use special path */
6134       decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, status);   /* propagate NaN */
6135       break;
6136       }
6137     /* have numbers */
6138     if (op==COMPMAXMAG || op==COMPMINMAG) result=decCompare(lhs, rhs, 1);
6139      else result=decCompare(lhs, rhs, 0);    /* sign matters */
6140     } while(0);				     /* end protected */
6141 
6142   if (result==BADINT) *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage; /* rare */
6143    else {
6144     if (op==COMPARE || op==COMPSIG ||op==COMPTOTAL) { /* returning signum */
6145       if (op==COMPTOTAL && result==0) {
6146 	/* operands are numerically equal or same NaN (and same sign, */
6147 	/* tested first); if identical, leave result 0 */
6148 	if (lhs->exponent!=rhs->exponent) {
6149 	  if (lhs->exponent<rhs->exponent) result=-1;
6150 	   else result=+1;
6151 	  if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs)) result=-result;
6152 	  } /* lexp!=rexp */
6153 	} /* total-order by exponent */
6154       decNumberZero(res);		/* [always a valid result] */
6155       if (result!=0) {			/* must be -1 or +1 */
6156 	*res->lsu=1;
6157 	if (result<0) res->bits=DECNEG;
6158 	}
6159       }
6160      else if (op==COMPNAN);		/* special, drop through */
6161      else {				/* MAX or MIN, non-NaN result */
6162       Int residue=0;			/* rounding accumulator */
6163       /* choose the operand for the result */
6164       const decNumber *choice;
6165       if (result==0) { /* operands are numerically equal */
6166 	/* choose according to sign then exponent (see 754r) */
6167 	uByte slhs=(lhs->bits & DECNEG);
6168 	uByte srhs=(rhs->bits & DECNEG);
6169 	#if DECSUBSET
6170 	if (!set->extended) {		/* subset: force left-hand */
6171 	  op=COMPMAX;
6172 	  result=+1;
6173 	  }
6174 	else
6175 	#endif
6176 	if (slhs!=srhs) {	   /* signs differ */
6177 	  if (slhs) result=-1;	   /* rhs is max */
6178 	       else result=+1;	   /* lhs is max */
6179 	  }
6180 	 else if (slhs && srhs) {  /* both negative */
6181 	  if (lhs->exponent<rhs->exponent) result=+1;
6182 				      else result=-1;
6183 	  /* [if equal, use lhs, technically identical] */
6184 	  }
6185 	 else {			   /* both positive */
6186 	  if (lhs->exponent>rhs->exponent) result=+1;
6187 				      else result=-1;
6188 	  /* [ditto] */
6189 	  }
6190 	} /* numerically equal */
6191       /* here result will be non-0; reverse if looking for MIN */
6192       if (op==COMPMIN || op==COMPMINMAG) result=-result;
6193       choice=(result>0 ? lhs : rhs);	/* choose */
6194       /* copy chosen to result, rounding if need be */
6195       decCopyFit(res, choice, set, &residue, status);
6196       decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);
6197       }
6198     }
6199   #if DECSUBSET
6200   if (allocrhs!=NULL) free(allocrhs);	/* free any storage used */
6201   if (alloclhs!=NULL) free(alloclhs);	/* .. */
6202   #endif
6203   return res;
6204   } /* decCompareOp */
6205 
6206 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6207 /* decCompare -- compare two decNumbers by numerical value	      */
6208 /*								      */
6209 /*  This routine compares A ? B without altering them.		      */
6210 /*								      */
6211 /*  Arg1 is A, a decNumber which is not a NaN			      */
6212 /*  Arg2 is B, a decNumber which is not a NaN			      */
6213 /*  Arg3 is 1 for a sign-independent compare, 0 otherwise	      */
6214 /*								      */
6215 /*  returns -1, 0, or 1 for A<B, A==B, or A>B, or BADINT if failure   */
6216 /*  (the only possible failure is an allocation error)		      */
6217 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6218 static Int decCompare(const decNumber *lhs, const decNumber *rhs,
6219 		      Flag abs) {
6220   Int	result;			   /* result value */
6221   Int	sigr;			   /* rhs signum */
6222   Int	compare;		   /* work */
6223 
6224   result=1;				     /* assume signum(lhs) */
6225   if (ISZERO(lhs)) result=0;
6226   if (abs) {
6227     if (ISZERO(rhs)) return result;	     /* LHS wins or both 0 */
6228     /* RHS is non-zero */
6229     if (result==0) return -1;		     /* LHS is 0; RHS wins */
6230     /* [here, both non-zero, result=1] */
6231     }
6232    else {				     /* signs matter */
6233     if (result && decNumberIsNegative(lhs)) result=-1;
6234     sigr=1;				     /* compute signum(rhs) */
6235     if (ISZERO(rhs)) sigr=0;
6236      else if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) sigr=-1;
6237     if (result > sigr) return +1;	     /* L > R, return 1 */
6238     if (result < sigr) return -1;	     /* L < R, return -1 */
6239     if (result==0) return 0;		       /* both 0 */
6240     }
6241 
6242   /* signums are the same; both are non-zero */
6243   if ((lhs->bits | rhs->bits) & DECINF) {    /* one or more infinities */
6244     if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) {
6245       if (decNumberIsInfinite(lhs)) result=0;/* both infinite */
6246        else result=-result;		     /* only rhs infinite */
6247       }
6248     return result;
6249     }
6250   /* must compare the coefficients, allowing for exponents */
6251   if (lhs->exponent>rhs->exponent) {	     /* LHS exponent larger */
6252     /* swap sides, and sign */
6253     const decNumber *temp=lhs;
6254     lhs=rhs;
6255     rhs=temp;
6256     result=-result;
6257     }
6258   compare=decUnitCompare(lhs->lsu, D2U(lhs->digits),
6259 			 rhs->lsu, D2U(rhs->digits),
6260 			 rhs->exponent-lhs->exponent);
6261   if (compare!=BADINT) compare*=result;	     /* comparison succeeded */
6262   return compare;
6263   } /* decCompare */
6264 
6265 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6266 /* decUnitCompare -- compare two >=0 integers in Unit arrays	      */
6267 /*								      */
6268 /*  This routine compares A ? B*10**E where A and B are unit arrays   */
6269 /*  A is a plain integer					      */
6270 /*  B has an exponent of E (which must be non-negative)		      */
6271 /*								      */
6272 /*  Arg1 is A first Unit (lsu)					      */
6273 /*  Arg2 is A length in Units					      */
6274 /*  Arg3 is B first Unit (lsu)					      */
6275 /*  Arg4 is B length in Units					      */
6276 /*  Arg5 is E (0 if the units are aligned)			      */
6277 /*								      */
6278 /*  returns -1, 0, or 1 for A<B, A==B, or A>B, or BADINT if failure   */
6279 /*  (the only possible failure is an allocation error, which can      */
6280 /*  only occur if E!=0)						      */
6281 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6282 static Int decUnitCompare(const Unit *a, Int alength,
6283 			  const Unit *b, Int blength, Int exp) {
6284   Unit	*acc;			   /* accumulator for result */
6285   Unit	accbuff[SD2U(DECBUFFER*2+1)]; /* local buffer */
6286   Unit	*allocacc=NULL;		   /* -> allocated acc buffer, iff allocated */
6287   Int	accunits, need;		   /* units in use or needed for acc */
6288   const Unit *l, *r, *u;	   /* work */
6289   Int	expunits, exprem, result;  /* .. */
6290 
6291   if (exp==0) {			   /* aligned; fastpath */
6292     if (alength>blength) return 1;
6293     if (alength<blength) return -1;
6294     /* same number of units in both -- need unit-by-unit compare */
6295     l=a+alength-1;
6296     r=b+alength-1;
6297     for (;l>=a; l--, r--) {
6298       if (*l>*r) return 1;
6299       if (*l<*r) return -1;
6300       }
6301     return 0;			   /* all units match */
6302     } /* aligned */
6303 
6304   /* Unaligned.	 If one is >1 unit longer than the other, padded */
6305   /* approximately, then can return easily */
6306   if (alength>blength+(Int)D2U(exp)) return 1;
6307   if (alength+1<blength+(Int)D2U(exp)) return -1;
6308 
6309   /* Need to do a real subtract.  For this, a result buffer is needed */
6310   /* even though only the sign is of interest.	Its length needs */
6311   /* to be the larger of alength and padded blength, +2 */
6312   need=blength+D2U(exp);		/* maximum real length of B */
6313   if (need<alength) need=alength;
6314   need+=2;
6315   acc=accbuff;				/* assume use local buffer */
6316   if (need*sizeof(Unit)>sizeof(accbuff)) {
6317     allocacc=(Unit *)malloc(need*sizeof(Unit));
6318     if (allocacc==NULL) return BADINT;	/* hopeless -- abandon */
6319     acc=allocacc;
6320     }
6321   /* Calculate units and remainder from exponent. */
6322   expunits=exp/DECDPUN;
6323   exprem=exp%DECDPUN;
6324   /* subtract [A+B*(-m)] */
6325   accunits=decUnitAddSub(a, alength, b, blength, expunits, acc,
6326 			 -(Int)powers[exprem]);
6327   /* [UnitAddSub result may have leading zeros, even on zero] */
6328   if (accunits<0) result=-1;		/* negative result */
6329    else {				/* non-negative result */
6330     /* check units of the result before freeing any storage */
6331     for (u=acc; u<acc+accunits-1 && *u==0;) u++;
6332     result=(*u==0 ? 0 : +1);
6333     }
6334   /* clean up and return the result */
6335   if (allocacc!=NULL) free(allocacc);	/* drop any storage used */
6336   return result;
6337   } /* decUnitCompare */
6338 
6339 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6340 /* decUnitAddSub -- add or subtract two >=0 integers in Unit arrays   */
6341 /*								      */
6342 /*  This routine performs the calculation:			      */
6343 /*								      */
6344 /*  C=A+(B*M)							      */
6345 /*								      */
6346 /*  Where M is in the range -DECDPUNMAX through +DECDPUNMAX.	      */
6347 /*								      */
6348 /*  A may be shorter or longer than B.				      */
6349 /*								      */
6350 /*  Leading zeros are not removed after a calculation.	The result is */
6351 /*  either the same length as the longer of A and B (adding any	      */
6352 /*  shift), or one Unit longer than that (if a Unit carry occurred).  */
6353 /*								      */
6354 /*  A and B content are not altered unless C is also A or B.	      */
6355 /*  C may be the same array as A or B, but only if no zero padding is */
6356 /*  requested (that is, C may be B only if bshift==0).		      */
6357 /*  C is filled from the lsu; only those units necessary to complete  */
6358 /*  the calculation are referenced.				      */
6359 /*								      */
6360 /*  Arg1 is A first Unit (lsu)					      */
6361 /*  Arg2 is A length in Units					      */
6362 /*  Arg3 is B first Unit (lsu)					      */
6363 /*  Arg4 is B length in Units					      */
6364 /*  Arg5 is B shift in Units  (>=0; pads with 0 units if positive)    */
6365 /*  Arg6 is C first Unit (lsu)					      */
6366 /*  Arg7 is M, the multiplier					      */
6367 /*								      */
6368 /*  returns the count of Units written to C, which will be non-zero   */
6369 /*  and negated if the result is negative.  That is, the sign of the  */
6370 /*  returned Int is the sign of the result (positive for zero) and    */
6371 /*  the absolute value of the Int is the count of Units.	      */
6372 /*								      */
6373 /*  It is the caller's responsibility to make sure that C size is     */
6374 /*  safe, allowing space if necessary for a one-Unit carry.	      */
6375 /*								      */
6376 /*  This routine is severely performance-critical; *any* change here  */
6377 /*  must be measured (timed) to assure no performance degradation.    */
6378 /*  In particular, trickery here tends to be counter-productive, as   */
6379 /*  increased complexity of code hurts register optimizations on      */
6380 /*  register-poor architectures.  Avoiding divisions is nearly	      */
6381 /*  always a Good Idea, however.				      */
6382 /*								      */
6383 /* Special thanks to Rick McGuire (IBM Cambridge, MA) and Dave Clark  */
6384 /* (IBM Warwick, UK) for some of the ideas used in this routine.      */
6385 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6386 static Int decUnitAddSub(const Unit *a, Int alength,
6387 			 const Unit *b, Int blength, Int bshift,
6388 			 Unit *c, Int m) {
6389   const Unit *alsu=a;		   /* A lsu [need to remember it] */
6390   Unit *clsu=c;			   /* C ditto */
6391   Unit *minC;			   /* low water mark for C */
6392   Unit *maxC;			   /* high water mark for C */
6393   eInt carry=0;			   /* carry integer (could be Long) */
6394   Int  add;			   /* work */
6395   #if DECDPUN<=4		   /* myriadal, millenary, etc. */
6396   Int  est;			   /* estimated quotient */
6397   #endif
6398 
6399   #if DECTRACE
6400   if (alength<1 || blength<1)
6401     printf("decUnitAddSub: alen blen m %ld %ld [%ld]\n", alength, blength, m);
6402   #endif
6403 
6404   maxC=c+alength;		   /* A is usually the longer */
6405   minC=c+blength;		   /* .. and B the shorter */
6406   if (bshift!=0) {		   /* B is shifted; low As copy across */
6407     minC+=bshift;
6408     /* if in place [common], skip copy unless there's a gap [rare] */
6409     if (a==c && bshift<=alength) {
6410       c+=bshift;
6411       a+=bshift;
6412       }
6413      else for (; c<clsu+bshift; a++, c++) {  /* copy needed */
6414       if (a<alsu+alength) *c=*a;
6415        else *c=0;
6416       }
6417     }
6418   if (minC>maxC) { /* swap */
6419     Unit *hold=minC;
6420     minC=maxC;
6421     maxC=hold;
6422     }
6423 
6424   /* For speed, do the addition as two loops; the first where both A */
6425   /* and B contribute, and the second (if necessary) where only one or */
6426   /* other of the numbers contribute. */
6427   /* Carry handling is the same (i.e., duplicated) in each case. */
6428   for (; c<minC; c++) {
6429     carry+=*a;
6430     a++;
6431     carry+=((eInt)*b)*m;		/* [special-casing m=1/-1 */
6432     b++;				/* here is not a win] */
6433     /* here carry is new Unit of digits; it could be +ve or -ve */
6434     if ((ueInt)carry<=DECDPUNMAX) {	/* fastpath 0-DECDPUNMAX */
6435       *c=(Unit)carry;
6436       carry=0;
6437       continue;
6438       }
6439     #if DECDPUN==4			     /* use divide-by-multiply */
6440       if (carry>=0) {
6441 	est=(((ueInt)carry>>11)*53687)>>18;
6442 	*c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1)); /* remainder */
6443 	carry=est;			     /* likely quotient [89%] */
6444 	if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue;	     /* estimate was correct */
6445 	carry++;
6446 	*c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
6447 	continue;
6448 	}
6449       /* negative case */
6450       carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); /* make positive */
6451       est=(((ueInt)carry>>11)*53687)>>18;
6452       *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1));
6453       carry=est-(DECDPUNMAX+1);		     /* correctly negative */
6454       if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue;	     /* was OK */
6455       carry++;
6456       *c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
6457     #elif DECDPUN==3
6458       if (carry>=0) {
6459 	est=(((ueInt)carry>>3)*16777)>>21;
6460 	*c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1)); /* remainder */
6461 	carry=est;			     /* likely quotient [99%] */
6462 	if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue;	     /* estimate was correct */
6463 	carry++;
6464 	*c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
6465 	continue;
6466 	}
6467       /* negative case */
6468       carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); /* make positive */
6469       est=(((ueInt)carry>>3)*16777)>>21;
6470       *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1));
6471       carry=est-(DECDPUNMAX+1);		     /* correctly negative */
6472       if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue;	     /* was OK */
6473       carry++;
6474       *c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
6475     #elif DECDPUN<=2
6476       /* Can use QUOT10 as carry <= 4 digits */
6477       if (carry>=0) {
6478 	est=QUOT10(carry, DECDPUN);
6479 	*c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1)); /* remainder */
6480 	carry=est;			     /* quotient */
6481 	continue;
6482 	}
6483       /* negative case */
6484       carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); /* make positive */
6485       est=QUOT10(carry, DECDPUN);
6486       *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1));
6487       carry=est-(DECDPUNMAX+1);		     /* correctly negative */
6488     #else
6489       /* remainder operator is undefined if negative, so must test */
6490       if ((ueInt)carry<(DECDPUNMAX+1)*2) {   /* fastpath carry +1 */
6491 	*c=(Unit)(carry-(DECDPUNMAX+1));     /* [helps additions] */
6492 	carry=1;
6493 	continue;
6494 	}
6495       if (carry>=0) {
6496 	*c=(Unit)(carry%(DECDPUNMAX+1));
6497 	carry=carry/(DECDPUNMAX+1);
6498 	continue;
6499 	}
6500       /* negative case */
6501       carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); /* make positive */
6502       *c=(Unit)(carry%(DECDPUNMAX+1));
6503       carry=carry/(DECDPUNMAX+1)-(DECDPUNMAX+1);
6504     #endif
6505     } /* c */
6506 
6507   /* now may have one or other to complete */
6508   /* [pretest to avoid loop setup/shutdown] */
6509   if (c<maxC) for (; c<maxC; c++) {
6510     if (a<alsu+alength) {		/* still in A */
6511       carry+=*a;
6512       a++;
6513       }
6514      else {				/* inside B */
6515       carry+=((eInt)*b)*m;
6516       b++;
6517       }
6518     /* here carry is new Unit of digits; it could be +ve or -ve and */
6519     /* magnitude up to DECDPUNMAX squared */
6520     if ((ueInt)carry<=DECDPUNMAX) {	/* fastpath 0-DECDPUNMAX */
6521       *c=(Unit)carry;
6522       carry=0;
6523       continue;
6524       }
6525     /* result for this unit is negative or >DECDPUNMAX */
6526     #if DECDPUN==4			     /* use divide-by-multiply */
6527       if (carry>=0) {
6528 	est=(((ueInt)carry>>11)*53687)>>18;
6529 	*c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1)); /* remainder */
6530 	carry=est;			     /* likely quotient [79.7%] */
6531 	if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue;	     /* estimate was correct */
6532 	carry++;
6533 	*c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
6534 	continue;
6535 	}
6536       /* negative case */
6537       carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); /* make positive */
6538       est=(((ueInt)carry>>11)*53687)>>18;
6539       *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1));
6540       carry=est-(DECDPUNMAX+1);		     /* correctly negative */
6541       if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue;	     /* was OK */
6542       carry++;
6543       *c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
6544     #elif DECDPUN==3
6545       if (carry>=0) {
6546 	est=(((ueInt)carry>>3)*16777)>>21;
6547 	*c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1)); /* remainder */
6548 	carry=est;			     /* likely quotient [99%] */
6549 	if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue;	     /* estimate was correct */
6550 	carry++;
6551 	*c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
6552 	continue;
6553 	}
6554       /* negative case */
6555       carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); /* make positive */
6556       est=(((ueInt)carry>>3)*16777)>>21;
6557       *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1));
6558       carry=est-(DECDPUNMAX+1);		     /* correctly negative */
6559       if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue;	     /* was OK */
6560       carry++;
6561       *c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
6562     #elif DECDPUN<=2
6563       if (carry>=0) {
6564 	est=QUOT10(carry, DECDPUN);
6565 	*c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1)); /* remainder */
6566 	carry=est;			     /* quotient */
6567 	continue;
6568 	}
6569       /* negative case */
6570       carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); /* make positive */
6571       est=QUOT10(carry, DECDPUN);
6572       *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1));
6573       carry=est-(DECDPUNMAX+1);		     /* correctly negative */
6574     #else
6575       if ((ueInt)carry<(DECDPUNMAX+1)*2){    /* fastpath carry 1 */
6576 	*c=(Unit)(carry-(DECDPUNMAX+1));
6577 	carry=1;
6578 	continue;
6579 	}
6580       /* remainder operator is undefined if negative, so must test */
6581       if (carry>=0) {
6582 	*c=(Unit)(carry%(DECDPUNMAX+1));
6583 	carry=carry/(DECDPUNMAX+1);
6584 	continue;
6585 	}
6586       /* negative case */
6587       carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); /* make positive */
6588       *c=(Unit)(carry%(DECDPUNMAX+1));
6589       carry=carry/(DECDPUNMAX+1)-(DECDPUNMAX+1);
6590     #endif
6591     } /* c */
6592 
6593   /* OK, all A and B processed; might still have carry or borrow */
6594   /* return number of Units in the result, negated if a borrow */
6595   if (carry==0) return c-clsu;	   /* no carry, so no more to do */
6596   if (carry>0) {		   /* positive carry */
6597     *c=(Unit)carry;		   /* place as new unit */
6598     c++;			   /* .. */
6599     return c-clsu;
6600     }
6601   /* -ve carry: it's a borrow; complement needed */
6602   add=1;			   /* temporary carry... */
6603   for (c=clsu; c<maxC; c++) {
6604     add=DECDPUNMAX+add-*c;
6605     if (add<=DECDPUNMAX) {
6606       *c=(Unit)add;
6607       add=0;
6608       }
6609      else {
6610       *c=0;
6611       add=1;
6612       }
6613     }
6614   /* add an extra unit iff it would be non-zero */
6615   #if DECTRACE
6616     printf("UAS borrow: add %ld, carry %ld\n", add, carry);
6617   #endif
6618   if ((add-carry-1)!=0) {
6619     *c=(Unit)(add-carry-1);
6620     c++;		      /* interesting, include it */
6621     }
6622   return clsu-c;	      /* -ve result indicates borrowed */
6623   } /* decUnitAddSub */
6624 
6625 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6626 /* decTrim -- trim trailing zeros or normalize			      */
6627 /*								      */
6628 /*   dn is the number to trim or normalize			      */
6629 /*   set is the context to use to check for clamp		      */
6630 /*   all is 1 to remove all trailing zeros, 0 for just fraction ones  */
6631 /*   dropped returns the number of discarded trailing zeros	      */
6632 /*   returns dn							      */
6633 /*								      */
6634 /* If clamp is set in the context then the number of zeros trimmed    */
6635 /* may be limited if the exponent is high.			      */
6636 /* All fields are updated as required.	This is a utility operation,  */
6637 /* so special values are unchanged and no error is possible.	      */
6638 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6639 static decNumber * decTrim(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, Flag all,
6640 			   Int *dropped) {
6641   Int	d, exp;			   /* work */
6642   uInt	cut;			   /* .. */
6643   Unit	*up;			   /* -> current Unit */
6644 
6645   #if DECCHECK
6646   if (decCheckOperands(dn, DECUNUSED, DECUNUSED, DECUNCONT)) return dn;
6647   #endif
6648 
6649   *dropped=0;				/* assume no zeros dropped */
6650   if ((dn->bits & DECSPECIAL)		/* fast exit if special .. */
6651     || (*dn->lsu & 0x01)) return dn;	/* .. or odd */
6652   if (ISZERO(dn)) {			/* .. or 0 */
6653     dn->exponent=0;			/* (sign is preserved) */
6654     return dn;
6655     }
6656 
6657   /* have a finite number which is even */
6658   exp=dn->exponent;
6659   cut=1;			   /* digit (1-DECDPUN) in Unit */
6660   up=dn->lsu;			   /* -> current Unit */
6661   for (d=0; d<dn->digits-1; d++) { /* [don't strip the final digit] */
6662     /* slice by powers */
6663     #if DECDPUN<=4
6664       uInt quot=QUOT10(*up, cut);
6665       if ((*up-quot*powers[cut])!=0) break;  /* found non-0 digit */
6666     #else
6667       if (*up%powers[cut]!=0) break;	     /* found non-0 digit */
6668     #endif
6669     /* have a trailing 0 */
6670     if (!all) {			   /* trimming */
6671       /* [if exp>0 then all trailing 0s are significant for trim] */
6672       if (exp<=0) {		   /* if digit might be significant */
6673 	if (exp==0) break;	   /* then quit */
6674 	exp++;			   /* next digit might be significant */
6675 	}
6676       }
6677     cut++;			   /* next power */
6678     if (cut>DECDPUN) {		   /* need new Unit */
6679       up++;
6680       cut=1;
6681       }
6682     } /* d */
6683   if (d==0) return dn;		   /* none to drop */
6684 
6685   /* may need to limit drop if clamping */
6686   if (set->clamp) {
6687     Int maxd=set->emax-set->digits+1-dn->exponent;
6688     if (maxd<=0) return dn;	   /* nothing possible */
6689     if (d>maxd) d=maxd;
6690     }
6691 
6692   /* effect the drop */
6693   decShiftToLeast(dn->lsu, D2U(dn->digits), d);
6694   dn->exponent+=d;		   /* maintain numerical value */
6695   dn->digits-=d;		   /* new length */
6696   *dropped=d;			   /* report the count */
6697   return dn;
6698   } /* decTrim */
6699 
6700 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6701 /* decReverse -- reverse a Unit array in place			      */
6702 /*								      */
6703 /*   ulo    is the start of the array				      */
6704 /*   uhi    is the end of the array (highest Unit to include)	      */
6705 /*								      */
6706 /* The units ulo through uhi are reversed in place (if the number     */
6707 /* of units is odd, the middle one is untouched).  Note that the      */
6708 /* digit(s) in each unit are unaffected.			      */
6709 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6710 static void decReverse(Unit *ulo, Unit *uhi) {
6711   Unit temp;
6712   for (; ulo<uhi; ulo++, uhi--) {
6713     temp=*ulo;
6714     *ulo=*uhi;
6715     *uhi=temp;
6716     }
6717   return;
6718   } /* decReverse */
6719 
6720 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6721 /* decShiftToMost -- shift digits in array towards most significant   */
6722 /*								      */
6723 /*   uar    is the array					      */
6724 /*   digits is the count of digits in use in the array		      */
6725 /*   shift  is the number of zeros to pad with (least significant);   */
6726 /*     it must be zero or positive				      */
6727 /*								      */
6728 /*   returns the new length of the integer in the array, in digits    */
6729 /*								      */
6730 /* No overflow is permitted (that is, the uar array must be known to  */
6731 /* be large enough to hold the result, after shifting).		      */
6732 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6733 static Int decShiftToMost(Unit *uar, Int digits, Int shift) {
6734   Unit	*target, *source, *first;  /* work */
6735   Int	cut;			   /* odd 0's to add */
6736   uInt	next;			   /* work */
6737 
6738   if (shift==0) return digits;	   /* [fastpath] nothing to do */
6739   if ((digits+shift)<=DECDPUN) {   /* [fastpath] single-unit case */
6740     *uar=(Unit)(*uar*powers[shift]);
6741     return digits+shift;
6742     }
6743 
6744   next=0;			   /* all paths */
6745   source=uar+D2U(digits)-1;	   /* where msu comes from */
6746   target=source+D2U(shift);	   /* where upper part of first cut goes */
6747   cut=DECDPUN-MSUDIGITS(shift);	   /* where to slice */
6748   if (cut==0) {			   /* unit-boundary case */
6749     for (; source>=uar; source--, target--) *target=*source;
6750     }
6751    else {
6752     first=uar+D2U(digits+shift)-1; /* where msu of source will end up */
6753     for (; source>=uar; source--, target--) {
6754       /* split the source Unit and accumulate remainder for next */
6755       #if DECDPUN<=4
6756 	uInt quot=QUOT10(*source, cut);
6757 	uInt rem=*source-quot*powers[cut];
6758 	next+=quot;
6759       #else
6760 	uInt rem=*source%powers[cut];
6761 	next+=*source/powers[cut];
6762       #endif
6763       if (target<=first) *target=(Unit)next;   /* write to target iff valid */
6764       next=rem*powers[DECDPUN-cut];	       /* save remainder for next Unit */
6765       }
6766     } /* shift-move */
6767 
6768   /* propagate any partial unit to one below and clear the rest */
6769   for (; target>=uar; target--) {
6770     *target=(Unit)next;
6771     next=0;
6772     }
6773   return digits+shift;
6774   } /* decShiftToMost */
6775 
6776 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6777 /* decShiftToLeast -- shift digits in array towards least significant */
6778 /*								      */
6779 /*   uar   is the array						      */
6780 /*   units is length of the array, in units			      */
6781 /*   shift is the number of digits to remove from the lsu end; it     */
6782 /*     must be zero or positive and <= than units*DECDPUN.	      */
6783 /*								      */
6784 /*   returns the new length of the integer in the array, in units     */
6785 /*								      */
6786 /* Removed digits are discarded (lost).	 Units not required to hold   */
6787 /* the final result are unchanged.				      */
6788 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6789 static Int decShiftToLeast(Unit *uar, Int units, Int shift) {
6790   Unit	*target, *up;		   /* work */
6791   Int	cut, count;		   /* work */
6792   Int	quot, rem;		   /* for division */
6793 
6794   if (shift==0) return units;	   /* [fastpath] nothing to do */
6795   if (shift==units*DECDPUN) {	   /* [fastpath] little to do */
6796     *uar=0;			   /* all digits cleared gives zero */
6797     return 1;			   /* leaves just the one */
6798     }
6799 
6800   target=uar;			   /* both paths */
6801   cut=MSUDIGITS(shift);
6802   if (cut==DECDPUN) {		   /* unit-boundary case; easy */
6803     up=uar+D2U(shift);
6804     for (; up<uar+units; target++, up++) *target=*up;
6805     return target-uar;
6806     }
6807 
6808   /* messier */
6809   up=uar+D2U(shift-cut);	   /* source; correct to whole Units */
6810   count=units*DECDPUN-shift;	   /* the maximum new length */
6811   #if DECDPUN<=4
6812     quot=QUOT10(*up, cut);
6813   #else
6814     quot=*up/powers[cut];
6815   #endif
6816   for (; ; target++) {
6817     *target=(Unit)quot;
6818     count-=(DECDPUN-cut);
6819     if (count<=0) break;
6820     up++;
6821     quot=*up;
6822     #if DECDPUN<=4
6823       quot=QUOT10(quot, cut);
6824       rem=*up-quot*powers[cut];
6825     #else
6826       rem=quot%powers[cut];
6827       quot=quot/powers[cut];
6828     #endif
6829     *target=(Unit)(*target+rem*powers[DECDPUN-cut]);
6830     count-=cut;
6831     if (count<=0) break;
6832     }
6833   return target-uar+1;
6834   } /* decShiftToLeast */
6835 
6836 #if DECSUBSET
6837 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6838 /* decRoundOperand -- round an operand	[used for subset only]	      */
6839 /*								      */
6840 /*   dn is the number to round (dn->digits is > set->digits)	      */
6841 /*   set is the relevant context				      */
6842 /*   status is the status accumulator				      */
6843 /*								      */
6844 /*   returns an allocated decNumber with the rounded result.	      */
6845 /*								      */
6846 /* lostDigits and other status may be set by this.		      */
6847 /*								      */
6848 /* Since the input is an operand, it must not be modified.	      */
6849 /* Instead, return an allocated decNumber, rounded as required.	      */
6850 /* It is the caller's responsibility to free the allocated storage.   */
6851 /*								      */
6852 /* If no storage is available then the result cannot be used, so NULL */
6853 /* is returned.							      */
6854 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6855 static decNumber *decRoundOperand(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set,
6856 				  uInt *status) {
6857   decNumber *res;			/* result structure */
6858   uInt newstatus=0;			/* status from round */
6859   Int  residue=0;			/* rounding accumulator */
6860 
6861   /* Allocate storage for the returned decNumber, big enough for the */
6862   /* length specified by the context */
6863   res=(decNumber *)malloc(sizeof(decNumber)
6864 			  +(D2U(set->digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit));
6865   if (res==NULL) {
6866     *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
6867     return NULL;
6868     }
6869   decCopyFit(res, dn, set, &residue, &newstatus);
6870   decApplyRound(res, set, residue, &newstatus);
6871 
6872   /* If that set Inexact then "lost digits" is raised... */
6873   if (newstatus & DEC_Inexact) newstatus|=DEC_Lost_digits;
6874   *status|=newstatus;
6875   return res;
6876   } /* decRoundOperand */
6877 #endif
6878 
6879 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6880 /* decCopyFit -- copy a number, truncating the coefficient if needed  */
6881 /*								      */
6882 /*   dest is the target decNumber				      */
6883 /*   src  is the source decNumber				      */
6884 /*   set is the context [used for length (digits) and rounding mode]  */
6885 /*   residue is the residue accumulator				      */
6886 /*   status contains the current status to be updated		      */
6887 /*								      */
6888 /* (dest==src is allowed and will be a no-op if fits)		      */
6889 /* All fields are updated as required.				      */
6890 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6891 static void decCopyFit(decNumber *dest, const decNumber *src,
6892 		       decContext *set, Int *residue, uInt *status) {
6893   dest->bits=src->bits;
6894   dest->exponent=src->exponent;
6895   decSetCoeff(dest, set, src->lsu, src->digits, residue, status);
6896   } /* decCopyFit */
6897 
6898 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6899 /* decSetCoeff -- set the coefficient of a number		      */
6900 /*								      */
6901 /*   dn	   is the number whose coefficient array is to be set.	      */
6902 /*	   It must have space for set->digits digits		      */
6903 /*   set   is the context [for size]				      */
6904 /*   lsu   -> lsu of the source coefficient [may be dn->lsu]	      */
6905 /*   len   is digits in the source coefficient [may be dn->digits]    */
6906 /*   residue is the residue accumulator.  This has values as in	      */
6907 /*	   decApplyRound, and will be unchanged unless the	      */
6908 /*	   target size is less than len.  In this case, the	      */
6909 /*	   coefficient is truncated and the residue is updated to     */
6910 /*	   reflect the previous residue and the dropped digits.	      */
6911 /*   status is the status accumulator, as usual			      */
6912 /*								      */
6913 /* The coefficient may already be in the number, or it can be an      */
6914 /* external intermediate array.	 If it is in the number, lsu must ==  */
6915 /* dn->lsu and len must == dn->digits.				      */
6916 /*								      */
6917 /* Note that the coefficient length (len) may be < set->digits, and   */
6918 /* in this case this merely copies the coefficient (or is a no-op     */
6919 /* if dn->lsu==lsu).						      */
6920 /*								      */
6921 /* Note also that (only internally, from decQuantizeOp and	      */
6922 /* decSetSubnormal) the value of set->digits may be less than one,    */
6923 /* indicating a round to left.	This routine handles that case	      */
6924 /* correctly; caller ensures space.				      */
6925 /*								      */
6926 /* dn->digits, dn->lsu (and as required), and dn->exponent are	      */
6927 /* updated as necessary.   dn->bits (sign) is unchanged.	      */
6928 /*								      */
6929 /* DEC_Rounded status is set if any digits are discarded.	      */
6930 /* DEC_Inexact status is set if any non-zero digits are discarded, or */
6931 /*			 incoming residue was non-0 (implies rounded) */
6932 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
6933 /* mapping array: maps 0-9 to canonical residues, so that a residue */
6934 /* can be adjusted in the range [-1, +1] and achieve correct rounding */
6935 /*			       0  1  2	3  4  5	 6  7  8  9 */
6936 static const uByte resmap[10]={0, 3, 3, 3, 3, 5, 7, 7, 7, 7};
6937 static void decSetCoeff(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, const Unit *lsu,
6938 			Int len, Int *residue, uInt *status) {
6939   Int	discard;	      /* number of digits to discard */
6940   uInt	cut;		      /* cut point in Unit */
6941   const Unit *up;	      /* work */
6942   Unit	*target;	      /* .. */
6943   Int	count;		      /* .. */
6944   #if DECDPUN<=4
6945   uInt	temp;		      /* .. */
6946   #endif
6947 
6948   discard=len-set->digits;    /* digits to discard */
6949   if (discard<=0) {	      /* no digits are being discarded */
6950     if (dn->lsu!=lsu) {	      /* copy needed */
6951       /* copy the coefficient array to the result number; no shift needed */
6952       count=len;	      /* avoids D2U */
6953       up=lsu;
6954       for (target=dn->lsu; count>0; target++, up++, count-=DECDPUN)
6955 	*target=*up;
6956       dn->digits=len;	      /* set the new length */
6957       }
6958     /* dn->exponent and residue are unchanged, record any inexactitude */
6959     if (*residue!=0) *status|=(DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded);
6960     return;
6961     }
6962 
6963   /* some digits must be discarded ... */
6964   dn->exponent+=discard;      /* maintain numerical value */
6965   *status|=DEC_Rounded;	      /* accumulate Rounded status */
6966   if (*residue>1) *residue=1; /* previous residue now to right, so reduce */
6967 
6968   if (discard>len) {	      /* everything, +1, is being discarded */
6969     /* guard digit is 0 */
6970     /* residue is all the number [NB could be all 0s] */
6971     if (*residue<=0) {	      /* not already positive */
6972       count=len;	      /* avoids D2U */
6973       for (up=lsu; count>0; up++, count-=DECDPUN) if (*up!=0) { /* found non-0 */
6974 	*residue=1;
6975 	break;		      /* no need to check any others */
6976 	}
6977       }
6978     if (*residue!=0) *status|=DEC_Inexact; /* record inexactitude */
6979     *dn->lsu=0;		      /* coefficient will now be 0 */
6980     dn->digits=1;	      /* .. */
6981     return;
6982     } /* total discard */
6983 
6984   /* partial discard [most common case] */
6985   /* here, at least the first (most significant) discarded digit exists */
6986 
6987   /* spin up the number, noting residue during the spin, until get to */
6988   /* the Unit with the first discarded digit.  When reach it, extract */
6989   /* it and remember its position */
6990   count=0;
6991   for (up=lsu;; up++) {
6992     count+=DECDPUN;
6993     if (count>=discard) break; /* full ones all checked */
6994     if (*up!=0) *residue=1;
6995     } /* up */
6996 
6997   /* here up -> Unit with first discarded digit */
6998   cut=discard-(count-DECDPUN)-1;
6999   if (cut==DECDPUN-1) {	      /* unit-boundary case (fast) */
7000     Unit half=(Unit)powers[DECDPUN]>>1;
7001     /* set residue directly */
7002     if (*up>=half) {
7003       if (*up>half) *residue=7;
7004       else *residue+=5;	      /* add sticky bit */
7005       }
7006      else { /* <half */
7007       if (*up!=0) *residue=3; /* [else is 0, leave as sticky bit] */
7008       }
7009     if (set->digits<=0) {     /* special for Quantize/Subnormal :-( */
7010       *dn->lsu=0;	      /* .. result is 0 */
7011       dn->digits=1;	      /* .. */
7012       }
7013      else {		      /* shift to least */
7014       count=set->digits;      /* now digits to end up with */
7015       dn->digits=count;	      /* set the new length */
7016       up++;		      /* move to next */
7017       /* on unit boundary, so shift-down copy loop is simple */
7018       for (target=dn->lsu; count>0; target++, up++, count-=DECDPUN)
7019 	*target=*up;
7020       }
7021     } /* unit-boundary case */
7022 
7023    else { /* discard digit is in low digit(s), and not top digit */
7024     uInt  discard1;		   /* first discarded digit */
7025     uInt  quot, rem;		   /* for divisions */
7026     if (cut==0) quot=*up;	   /* is at bottom of unit */
7027      else /* cut>0 */ {		   /* it's not at bottom of unit */
7028       #if DECDPUN<=4
7029 	quot=QUOT10(*up, cut);
7030 	rem=*up-quot*powers[cut];
7031       #else
7032 	rem=*up%powers[cut];
7033 	quot=*up/powers[cut];
7034       #endif
7035       if (rem!=0) *residue=1;
7036       }
7037     /* discard digit is now at bottom of quot */
7038     #if DECDPUN<=4
7039       temp=(quot*6554)>>16;	   /* fast /10 */
7040       /* Vowels algorithm here not a win (9 instructions) */
7041       discard1=quot-X10(temp);
7042       quot=temp;
7043     #else
7044       discard1=quot%10;
7045       quot=quot/10;
7046     #endif
7047     /* here, discard1 is the guard digit, and residue is everything */
7048     /* else [use mapping array to accumulate residue safely] */
7049     *residue+=resmap[discard1];
7050     cut++;			   /* update cut */
7051     /* here: up -> Unit of the array with bottom digit */
7052     /*	     cut is the division point for each Unit */
7053     /*	     quot holds the uncut high-order digits for the current unit */
7054     if (set->digits<=0) {	   /* special for Quantize/Subnormal :-( */
7055       *dn->lsu=0;		   /* .. result is 0 */
7056       dn->digits=1;		   /* .. */
7057       }
7058      else {			   /* shift to least needed */
7059       count=set->digits;	   /* now digits to end up with */
7060       dn->digits=count;		   /* set the new length */
7061       /* shift-copy the coefficient array to the result number */
7062       for (target=dn->lsu; ; target++) {
7063 	*target=(Unit)quot;
7064 	count-=(DECDPUN-cut);
7065 	if (count<=0) break;
7066 	up++;
7067 	quot=*up;
7068 	#if DECDPUN<=4
7069 	  quot=QUOT10(quot, cut);
7070 	  rem=*up-quot*powers[cut];
7071 	#else
7072 	  rem=quot%powers[cut];
7073 	  quot=quot/powers[cut];
7074 	#endif
7075 	*target=(Unit)(*target+rem*powers[DECDPUN-cut]);
7076 	count-=cut;
7077 	if (count<=0) break;
7078 	} /* shift-copy loop */
7079       } /* shift to least */
7080     } /* not unit boundary */
7081 
7082   if (*residue!=0) *status|=DEC_Inexact; /* record inexactitude */
7083   return;
7084   } /* decSetCoeff */
7085 
7086 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7087 /* decApplyRound -- apply pending rounding to a number		      */
7088 /*								      */
7089 /*   dn	   is the number, with space for set->digits digits	      */
7090 /*   set   is the context [for size and rounding mode]		      */
7091 /*   residue indicates pending rounding, being any accumulated	      */
7092 /*	   guard and sticky information.  It may be:		      */
7093 /*	   6-9: rounding digit is >5				      */
7094 /*	   5:	rounding digit is exactly half-way		      */
7095 /*	   1-4: rounding digit is <5 and >0			      */
7096 /*	   0:	the coefficient is exact			      */
7097 /*	  -1:	as 1, but the hidden digits are subtractive, that     */
7098 /*		is, of the opposite sign to dn.	 In this case the     */
7099 /*		coefficient must be non-0.  This case occurs when     */
7100 /*		subtracting a small number (which can be reduced to   */
7101 /*		a sticky bit); see decAddOp.			      */
7102 /*   status is the status accumulator, as usual			      */
7103 /*								      */
7104 /* This routine applies rounding while keeping the length of the      */
7105 /* coefficient constant.  The exponent and status are unchanged	      */
7106 /* except if:							      */
7107 /*								      */
7108 /*   -- the coefficient was increased and is all nines (in which      */
7109 /*	case Overflow could occur, and is handled directly here so    */
7110 /*	the caller does not need to re-test for overflow)	      */
7111 /*								      */
7112 /*   -- the coefficient was decreased and becomes all nines (in which */
7113 /*	case Underflow could occur, and is also handled directly).    */
7114 /*								      */
7115 /* All fields in dn are updated as required.			      */
7116 /*								      */
7117 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7118 static void decApplyRound(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, Int residue,
7119 			  uInt *status) {
7120   Int  bump;		      /* 1 if coefficient needs to be incremented */
7121 			      /* -1 if coefficient needs to be decremented */
7122 
7123   if (residue==0) return;     /* nothing to apply */
7124 
7125   bump=0;		      /* assume a smooth ride */
7126 
7127   /* now decide whether, and how, to round, depending on mode */
7128   switch (set->round) {
7129     case DEC_ROUND_05UP: {    /* round zero or five up (for reround) */
7130       /* This is the same as DEC_ROUND_DOWN unless there is a */
7131       /* positive residue and the lsd of dn is 0 or 5, in which case */
7132       /* it is bumped; when residue is <0, the number is therefore */
7133       /* bumped down unless the final digit was 1 or 6 (in which */
7134       /* case it is bumped down and then up -- a no-op) */
7135       Int lsd5=*dn->lsu%5;     /* get lsd and quintate */
7136       if (residue<0 && lsd5!=1) bump=-1;
7137        else if (residue>0 && lsd5==0) bump=1;
7138       /* [bump==1 could be applied directly; use common path for clarity] */
7139       break;} /* r-05 */
7140 
7141     case DEC_ROUND_DOWN: {
7142       /* no change, except if negative residue */
7143       if (residue<0) bump=-1;
7144       break;} /* r-d */
7145 
7146     case DEC_ROUND_HALF_DOWN: {
7147       if (residue>5) bump=1;
7148       break;} /* r-h-d */
7149 
7150     case DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN: {
7151       if (residue>5) bump=1;		/* >0.5 goes up */
7152        else if (residue==5) {		/* exactly 0.5000... */
7153 	/* 0.5 goes up iff [new] lsd is odd */
7154 	if (*dn->lsu & 0x01) bump=1;
7155 	}
7156       break;} /* r-h-e */
7157 
7158     case DEC_ROUND_HALF_UP: {
7159       if (residue>=5) bump=1;
7160       break;} /* r-h-u */
7161 
7162     case DEC_ROUND_UP: {
7163       if (residue>0) bump=1;
7164       break;} /* r-u */
7165 
7166     case DEC_ROUND_CEILING: {
7167       /* same as _UP for positive numbers, and as _DOWN for negatives */
7168       /* [negative residue cannot occur on 0] */
7169       if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) {
7170 	if (residue<0) bump=-1;
7171 	}
7172        else {
7173 	if (residue>0) bump=1;
7174 	}
7175       break;} /* r-c */
7176 
7177     case DEC_ROUND_FLOOR: {
7178       /* same as _UP for negative numbers, and as _DOWN for positive */
7179       /* [negative residue cannot occur on 0] */
7180       if (!decNumberIsNegative(dn)) {
7181 	if (residue<0) bump=-1;
7182 	}
7183        else {
7184 	if (residue>0) bump=1;
7185 	}
7186       break;} /* r-f */
7187 
7188     default: {	    /* e.g., DEC_ROUND_MAX */
7189       *status|=DEC_Invalid_context;
7190       #if DECTRACE || (DECCHECK && DECVERB)
7191       printf("Unknown rounding mode: %d\n", set->round);
7192       #endif
7193       break;}
7194     } /* switch */
7195 
7196   /* now bump the number, up or down, if need be */
7197   if (bump==0) return;			     /* no action required */
7198 
7199   /* Simply use decUnitAddSub unless bumping up and the number is */
7200   /* all nines.	 In this special case set to 100... explicitly */
7201   /* and adjust the exponent by one (as otherwise could overflow */
7202   /* the array) */
7203   /* Similarly handle all-nines result if bumping down. */
7204   if (bump>0) {
7205     Unit *up;				     /* work */
7206     uInt count=dn->digits;		     /* digits to be checked */
7207     for (up=dn->lsu; ; up++) {
7208       if (count<=DECDPUN) {
7209 	/* this is the last Unit (the msu) */
7210 	if (*up!=powers[count]-1) break;     /* not still 9s */
7211 	/* here if it, too, is all nines */
7212 	*up=(Unit)powers[count-1];	     /* here 999 -> 100 etc. */
7213 	for (up=up-1; up>=dn->lsu; up--) *up=0; /* others all to 0 */
7214 	dn->exponent++;			     /* and bump exponent */
7215 	/* [which, very rarely, could cause Overflow...] */
7216 	if ((dn->exponent+dn->digits)>set->emax+1) {
7217 	  decSetOverflow(dn, set, status);
7218 	  }
7219 	return;				     /* done */
7220 	}
7221       /* a full unit to check, with more to come */
7222       if (*up!=DECDPUNMAX) break;	     /* not still 9s */
7223       count-=DECDPUN;
7224       } /* up */
7225     } /* bump>0 */
7226    else {				     /* -1 */
7227     /* here checking for a pre-bump of 1000... (leading 1, all */
7228     /* other digits zero) */
7229     Unit *up, *sup;			     /* work */
7230     uInt count=dn->digits;		     /* digits to be checked */
7231     for (up=dn->lsu; ; up++) {
7232       if (count<=DECDPUN) {
7233 	/* this is the last Unit (the msu) */
7234 	if (*up!=powers[count-1]) break;     /* not 100.. */
7235 	/* here if have the 1000... case */
7236 	sup=up;				     /* save msu pointer */
7237 	*up=(Unit)powers[count]-1;	     /* here 100 in msu -> 999 */
7238 	/* others all to all-nines, too */
7239 	for (up=up-1; up>=dn->lsu; up--) *up=(Unit)powers[DECDPUN]-1;
7240 	dn->exponent--;			     /* and bump exponent */
7241 
7242 	/* iff the number was at the subnormal boundary (exponent=etiny) */
7243 	/* then the exponent is now out of range, so it will in fact get */
7244 	/* clamped to etiny and the final 9 dropped. */
7245 	/* printf(">> emin=%d exp=%d sdig=%d\n", set->emin, */
7246 	/*	  dn->exponent, set->digits); */
7247 	if (dn->exponent+1==set->emin-set->digits+1) {
7248 	  if (count==1 && dn->digits==1) *sup=0;  /* here 9 -> 0[.9] */
7249 	   else {
7250 	    *sup=(Unit)powers[count-1]-1;    /* here 999.. in msu -> 99.. */
7251 	    dn->digits--;
7252 	    }
7253 	  dn->exponent++;
7254 	  *status|=DEC_Underflow | DEC_Subnormal | DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded;
7255 	  }
7256 	return;				     /* done */
7257 	}
7258 
7259       /* a full unit to check, with more to come */
7260       if (*up!=0) break;		     /* not still 0s */
7261       count-=DECDPUN;
7262       } /* up */
7263 
7264     } /* bump<0 */
7265 
7266   /* Actual bump needed.  Do it. */
7267   decUnitAddSub(dn->lsu, D2U(dn->digits), uarrone, 1, 0, dn->lsu, bump);
7268   } /* decApplyRound */
7269 
7270 #if DECSUBSET
7271 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7272 /* decFinish -- finish processing a number			      */
7273 /*								      */
7274 /*   dn is the number						      */
7275 /*   set is the context						      */
7276 /*   residue is the rounding accumulator (as in decApplyRound)	      */
7277 /*   status is the accumulator					      */
7278 /*								      */
7279 /* This finishes off the current number by:			      */
7280 /*    1. If not extended:					      */
7281 /*	 a. Converting a zero result to clean '0'		      */
7282 /*	 b. Reducing positive exponents to 0, if would fit in digits  */
7283 /*    2. Checking for overflow and subnormals (always)		      */
7284 /* Note this is just Finalize when no subset arithmetic.	      */
7285 /* All fields are updated as required.				      */
7286 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7287 static void decFinish(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, Int *residue,
7288 		      uInt *status) {
7289   if (!set->extended) {
7290     if ISZERO(dn) {		   /* value is zero */
7291       dn->exponent=0;		   /* clean exponent .. */
7292       dn->bits=0;		   /* .. and sign */
7293       return;			   /* no error possible */
7294       }
7295     if (dn->exponent>=0) {	   /* non-negative exponent */
7296       /* >0; reduce to integer if possible */
7297       if (set->digits >= (dn->exponent+dn->digits)) {
7298 	dn->digits=decShiftToMost(dn->lsu, dn->digits, dn->exponent);
7299 	dn->exponent=0;
7300 	}
7301       }
7302     } /* !extended */
7303 
7304   decFinalize(dn, set, residue, status);
7305   } /* decFinish */
7306 #endif
7307 
7308 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7309 /* decFinalize -- final check, clamp, and round of a number	      */
7310 /*								      */
7311 /*   dn is the number						      */
7312 /*   set is the context						      */
7313 /*   residue is the rounding accumulator (as in decApplyRound)	      */
7314 /*   status is the status accumulator				      */
7315 /*								      */
7316 /* This finishes off the current number by checking for subnormal     */
7317 /* results, applying any pending rounding, checking for overflow,     */
7318 /* and applying any clamping.					      */
7319 /* Underflow and overflow conditions are raised as appropriate.	      */
7320 /* All fields are updated as required.				      */
7321 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7322 static void decFinalize(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, Int *residue,
7323 			uInt *status) {
7324   Int shift;				/* shift needed if clamping */
7325   Int tinyexp=set->emin-dn->digits+1;	/* precalculate subnormal boundary */
7326 
7327   /* Must be careful, here, when checking the exponent as the */
7328   /* adjusted exponent could overflow 31 bits [because it may already */
7329   /* be up to twice the expected]. */
7330 
7331   /* First test for subnormal.	This must be done before any final */
7332   /* round as the result could be rounded to Nmin or 0. */
7333   if (dn->exponent<=tinyexp) {		/* prefilter */
7334     Int comp;
7335     decNumber nmin;
7336     /* A very nasty case here is dn == Nmin and residue<0 */
7337     if (dn->exponent<tinyexp) {
7338       /* Go handle subnormals; this will apply round if needed. */
7339       decSetSubnormal(dn, set, residue, status);
7340       return;
7341       }
7342     /* Equals case: only subnormal if dn=Nmin and negative residue */
7343     decNumberZero(&nmin);
7344     nmin.lsu[0]=1;
7345     nmin.exponent=set->emin;
7346     comp=decCompare(dn, &nmin, 1);		  /* (signless compare) */
7347     if (comp==BADINT) {				  /* oops */
7348       *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;	  /* abandon... */
7349       return;
7350       }
7351     if (*residue<0 && comp==0) {		  /* neg residue and dn==Nmin */
7352       decApplyRound(dn, set, *residue, status);	  /* might force down */
7353       decSetSubnormal(dn, set, residue, status);
7354       return;
7355       }
7356     }
7357 
7358   /* now apply any pending round (this could raise overflow). */
7359   if (*residue!=0) decApplyRound(dn, set, *residue, status);
7360 
7361   /* Check for overflow [redundant in the 'rare' case] or clamp */
7362   if (dn->exponent<=set->emax-set->digits+1) return;   /* neither needed */
7363 
7364 
7365   /* here when might have an overflow or clamp to do */
7366   if (dn->exponent>set->emax-dn->digits+1) {	       /* too big */
7367     decSetOverflow(dn, set, status);
7368     return;
7369     }
7370   /* here when the result is normal but in clamp range */
7371   if (!set->clamp) return;
7372 
7373   /* here when need to apply the IEEE exponent clamp (fold-down) */
7374   shift=dn->exponent-(set->emax-set->digits+1);
7375 
7376   /* shift coefficient (if non-zero) */
7377   if (!ISZERO(dn)) {
7378     dn->digits=decShiftToMost(dn->lsu, dn->digits, shift);
7379     }
7380   dn->exponent-=shift;	 /* adjust the exponent to match */
7381   *status|=DEC_Clamped;	 /* and record the dirty deed */
7382   return;
7383   } /* decFinalize */
7384 
7385 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7386 /* decSetOverflow -- set number to proper overflow value	      */
7387 /*								      */
7388 /*   dn is the number (used for sign [only] and result)		      */
7389 /*   set is the context [used for the rounding mode, etc.]	      */
7390 /*   status contains the current status to be updated		      */
7391 /*								      */
7392 /* This sets the sign of a number and sets its value to either	      */
7393 /* Infinity or the maximum finite value, depending on the sign of     */
7394 /* dn and the rounding mode, following IEEE 854 rules.		      */
7395 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7396 static void decSetOverflow(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, uInt *status) {
7397   Flag needmax=0;		   /* result is maximum finite value */
7398   uByte sign=dn->bits&DECNEG;	   /* clean and save sign bit */
7399 
7400   if (ISZERO(dn)) {		   /* zero does not overflow magnitude */
7401     Int emax=set->emax;			     /* limit value */
7402     if (set->clamp) emax-=set->digits-1;     /* lower if clamping */
7403     if (dn->exponent>emax) {		     /* clamp required */
7404       dn->exponent=emax;
7405       *status|=DEC_Clamped;
7406       }
7407     return;
7408     }
7409 
7410   decNumberZero(dn);
7411   switch (set->round) {
7412     case DEC_ROUND_DOWN: {
7413       needmax=1;		   /* never Infinity */
7414       break;} /* r-d */
7415     case DEC_ROUND_05UP: {
7416       needmax=1;		   /* never Infinity */
7417       break;} /* r-05 */
7418     case DEC_ROUND_CEILING: {
7419       if (sign) needmax=1;	   /* Infinity if non-negative */
7420       break;} /* r-c */
7421     case DEC_ROUND_FLOOR: {
7422       if (!sign) needmax=1;	   /* Infinity if negative */
7423       break;} /* r-f */
7424     default: break;		   /* Infinity in all other cases */
7425     }
7426   if (needmax) {
7427     decSetMaxValue(dn, set);
7428     dn->bits=sign;		   /* set sign */
7429     }
7430    else dn->bits=sign|DECINF;	   /* Value is +/-Infinity */
7431   *status|=DEC_Overflow | DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded;
7432   } /* decSetOverflow */
7433 
7434 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7435 /* decSetMaxValue -- set number to +Nmax (maximum normal value)	      */
7436 /*								      */
7437 /*   dn is the number to set					      */
7438 /*   set is the context [used for digits and emax]		      */
7439 /*								      */
7440 /* This sets the number to the maximum positive value.		      */
7441 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7442 static void decSetMaxValue(decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
7443   Unit *up;			   /* work */
7444   Int count=set->digits;	   /* nines to add */
7445   dn->digits=count;
7446   /* fill in all nines to set maximum value */
7447   for (up=dn->lsu; ; up++) {
7448     if (count>DECDPUN) *up=DECDPUNMAX;	/* unit full o'nines */
7449      else {				/* this is the msu */
7450       *up=(Unit)(powers[count]-1);
7451       break;
7452       }
7453     count-=DECDPUN;		   /* filled those digits */
7454     } /* up */
7455   dn->bits=0;			   /* + sign */
7456   dn->exponent=set->emax-set->digits+1;
7457   } /* decSetMaxValue */
7458 
7459 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7460 /* decSetSubnormal -- process value whose exponent is <Emin	      */
7461 /*								      */
7462 /*   dn is the number (used as input as well as output; it may have   */
7463 /*	   an allowed subnormal value, which may need to be rounded)  */
7464 /*   set is the context [used for the rounding mode]		      */
7465 /*   residue is any pending residue				      */
7466 /*   status contains the current status to be updated		      */
7467 /*								      */
7468 /* If subset mode, set result to zero and set Underflow flags.	      */
7469 /*								      */
7470 /* Value may be zero with a low exponent; this does not set Subnormal */
7471 /* but the exponent will be clamped to Etiny.			      */
7472 /*								      */
7473 /* Otherwise ensure exponent is not out of range, and round as	      */
7474 /* necessary.  Underflow is set if the result is Inexact.	      */
7475 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7476 static void decSetSubnormal(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, Int *residue,
7477 			    uInt *status) {
7478   decContext workset;	      /* work */
7479   Int	     etiny, adjust;   /* .. */
7480 
7481   #if DECSUBSET
7482   /* simple set to zero and 'hard underflow' for subset */
7483   if (!set->extended) {
7484     decNumberZero(dn);
7485     /* always full overflow */
7486     *status|=DEC_Underflow | DEC_Subnormal | DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded;
7487     return;
7488     }
7489   #endif
7490 
7491   /* Full arithmetic -- allow subnormals, rounded to minimum exponent */
7492   /* (Etiny) if needed */
7493   etiny=set->emin-(set->digits-1);	/* smallest allowed exponent */
7494 
7495   if ISZERO(dn) {			/* value is zero */
7496     /* residue can never be non-zero here */
7497     #if DECCHECK
7498       if (*residue!=0) {
7499 	printf("++ Subnormal 0 residue %ld\n", (LI)*residue);
7500 	*status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
7501 	}
7502     #endif
7503     if (dn->exponent<etiny) {		/* clamp required */
7504       dn->exponent=etiny;
7505       *status|=DEC_Clamped;
7506       }
7507     return;
7508     }
7509 
7510   *status|=DEC_Subnormal;		/* have a non-zero subnormal */
7511   adjust=etiny-dn->exponent;		/* calculate digits to remove */
7512   if (adjust<=0) {			/* not out of range; unrounded */
7513     /* residue can never be non-zero here, except in the Nmin-residue */
7514     /* case (which is a subnormal result), so can take fast-path here */
7515     /* it may already be inexact (from setting the coefficient) */
7516     if (*status&DEC_Inexact) *status|=DEC_Underflow;
7517     return;
7518     }
7519 
7520   /* adjust>0, so need to rescale the result so exponent becomes Etiny */
7521   /* [this code is similar to that in rescale] */
7522   workset=*set;				/* clone rounding, etc. */
7523   workset.digits=dn->digits-adjust;	/* set requested length */
7524   workset.emin-=adjust;			/* and adjust emin to match */
7525   /* [note that the latter can be <1, here, similar to Rescale case] */
7526   decSetCoeff(dn, &workset, dn->lsu, dn->digits, residue, status);
7527   decApplyRound(dn, &workset, *residue, status);
7528 
7529   /* Use 754R/854 default rule: Underflow is set iff Inexact */
7530   /* [independent of whether trapped] */
7531   if (*status&DEC_Inexact) *status|=DEC_Underflow;
7532 
7533   /* if rounded up a 999s case, exponent will be off by one; adjust */
7534   /* back if so [it will fit, because it was shortened earlier] */
7535   if (dn->exponent>etiny) {
7536     dn->digits=decShiftToMost(dn->lsu, dn->digits, 1);
7537     dn->exponent--;			/* (re)adjust the exponent. */
7538     }
7539 
7540   /* if rounded to zero, it is by definition clamped... */
7541   if (ISZERO(dn)) *status|=DEC_Clamped;
7542   } /* decSetSubnormal */
7543 
7544 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7545 /* decCheckMath - check entry conditions for a math function	      */
7546 /*								      */
7547 /*   This checks the context and the operand			      */
7548 /*								      */
7549 /*   rhs is the operand to check				      */
7550 /*   set is the context to check				      */
7551 /*   status is unchanged if both are good			      */
7552 /*								      */
7553 /* returns non-zero if status is changed, 0 otherwise		      */
7554 /*								      */
7555 /* Restrictions enforced:					      */
7556 /*								      */
7557 /*   digits, emax, and -emin in the context must be less than	      */
7558 /*   DEC_MAX_MATH (999999), and A must be within these bounds if      */
7559 /*   non-zero.	Invalid_operation is set in the status if a	      */
7560 /*   restriction is violated.					      */
7561 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7562 static uInt decCheckMath(const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set,
7563 			 uInt *status) {
7564   uInt save=*status;			     /* record */
7565   if (set->digits>DEC_MAX_MATH
7566    || set->emax>DEC_MAX_MATH
7567    || -set->emin>DEC_MAX_MATH) *status|=DEC_Invalid_context;
7568    else if ((rhs->digits>DEC_MAX_MATH
7569      || rhs->exponent+rhs->digits>DEC_MAX_MATH+1
7570      || rhs->exponent+rhs->digits<2*(1-DEC_MAX_MATH))
7571      && !ISZERO(rhs)) *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
7572   return (*status!=save);
7573   } /* decCheckMath */
7574 
7575 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7576 /* decGetInt -- get integer from a number			      */
7577 /*								      */
7578 /*   dn is the number [which will not be altered]		      */
7579 /*								      */
7580 /*   returns one of:						      */
7581 /*     BADINT if there is a non-zero fraction			      */
7582 /*     the converted integer					      */
7583 /*     BIGEVEN if the integer is even and magnitude > 2*10**9	      */
7584 /*     BIGODD  if the integer is odd  and magnitude > 2*10**9	      */
7585 /*								      */
7586 /* This checks and gets a whole number from the input decNumber.      */
7587 /* The sign can be determined from dn by the caller when BIGEVEN or   */
7588 /* BIGODD is returned.						      */
7589 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7590 static Int decGetInt(const decNumber *dn) {
7591   Int  theInt;				/* result accumulator */
7592   const Unit *up;			/* work */
7593   Int  got;				/* digits (real or not) processed */
7594   Int  ilength=dn->digits+dn->exponent; /* integral length */
7595   Flag neg=decNumberIsNegative(dn);	/* 1 if -ve */
7596 
7597   /* The number must be an integer that fits in 10 digits */
7598   /* Assert, here, that 10 is enough for any rescale Etiny */
7599   #if DEC_MAX_EMAX > 999999999
7600     #error GetInt may need updating [for Emax]
7601   #endif
7602   #if DEC_MIN_EMIN < -999999999
7603     #error GetInt may need updating [for Emin]
7604   #endif
7605   if (ISZERO(dn)) return 0;		/* zeros are OK, with any exponent */
7606 
7607   up=dn->lsu;				/* ready for lsu */
7608   theInt=0;				/* ready to accumulate */
7609   if (dn->exponent>=0) {		/* relatively easy */
7610     /* no fractional part [usual]; allow for positive exponent */
7611     got=dn->exponent;
7612     }
7613    else { /* -ve exponent; some fractional part to check and discard */
7614     Int count=-dn->exponent;		/* digits to discard */
7615     /* spin up whole units until reach the Unit with the unit digit */
7616     for (; count>=DECDPUN; up++) {
7617       if (*up!=0) return BADINT;	/* non-zero Unit to discard */
7618       count-=DECDPUN;
7619       }
7620     if (count==0) got=0;		/* [a multiple of DECDPUN] */
7621      else {				/* [not multiple of DECDPUN] */
7622       Int rem;				/* work */
7623       /* slice off fraction digits and check for non-zero */
7624       #if DECDPUN<=4
7625 	theInt=QUOT10(*up, count);
7626 	rem=*up-theInt*powers[count];
7627       #else
7628 	rem=*up%powers[count];		/* slice off discards */
7629 	theInt=*up/powers[count];
7630       #endif
7631       if (rem!=0) return BADINT;	/* non-zero fraction */
7632       /* it looks good */
7633       got=DECDPUN-count;		/* number of digits so far */
7634       up++;				/* ready for next */
7635       }
7636     }
7637   /* now it's known there's no fractional part */
7638 
7639   /* tricky code now, to accumulate up to 9.3 digits */
7640   if (got==0) {theInt=*up; got+=DECDPUN; up++;} /* ensure lsu is there */
7641 
7642   if (ilength<11) {
7643     Int save=theInt;
7644     /* collect any remaining unit(s) */
7645     for (; got<ilength; up++) {
7646       theInt+=*up*powers[got];
7647       got+=DECDPUN;
7648       }
7649     if (ilength==10) {			/* need to check for wrap */
7650       if (theInt/(Int)powers[got-DECDPUN]!=(Int)*(up-1)) ilength=11;
7651 	 /* [that test also disallows the BADINT result case] */
7652        else if (neg && theInt>1999999997) ilength=11;
7653        else if (!neg && theInt>999999999) ilength=11;
7654       if (ilength==11) theInt=save;	/* restore correct low bit */
7655       }
7656     }
7657 
7658   if (ilength>10) {			/* too big */
7659     if (theInt&1) return BIGODD;	/* bottom bit 1 */
7660     return BIGEVEN;			/* bottom bit 0 */
7661     }
7662 
7663   if (neg) theInt=-theInt;		/* apply sign */
7664   return theInt;
7665   } /* decGetInt */
7666 
7667 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7668 /* decDecap -- decapitate the coefficient of a number		      */
7669 /*								      */
7670 /*   dn	  is the number to be decapitated			      */
7671 /*   drop is the number of digits to be removed from the left of dn;  */
7672 /*     this must be <= dn->digits (if equal, the coefficient is	      */
7673 /*     set to 0)						      */
7674 /*								      */
7675 /* Returns dn; dn->digits will be <= the initial digits less drop     */
7676 /* (after removing drop digits there may be leading zero digits	      */
7677 /* which will also be removed).	 Only dn->lsu and dn->digits change.  */
7678 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7679 static decNumber *decDecap(decNumber *dn, Int drop) {
7680   Unit *msu;				/* -> target cut point */
7681   Int cut;				/* work */
7682   if (drop>=dn->digits) {		/* losing the whole thing */
7683     #if DECCHECK
7684     if (drop>dn->digits)
7685       printf("decDecap called with drop>digits [%ld>%ld]\n",
7686 	     (LI)drop, (LI)dn->digits);
7687     #endif
7688     dn->lsu[0]=0;
7689     dn->digits=1;
7690     return dn;
7691     }
7692   msu=dn->lsu+D2U(dn->digits-drop)-1;	/* -> likely msu */
7693   cut=MSUDIGITS(dn->digits-drop);	/* digits to be in use in msu */
7694   if (cut!=DECDPUN) *msu%=powers[cut];	/* clear left digits */
7695   /* that may have left leading zero digits, so do a proper count... */
7696   dn->digits=decGetDigits(dn->lsu, msu-dn->lsu+1);
7697   return dn;
7698   } /* decDecap */
7699 
7700 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7701 /* decBiStr -- compare string with pairwise options		      */
7702 /*								      */
7703 /*   targ is the string to compare				      */
7704 /*   str1 is one of the strings to compare against (length may be 0)  */
7705 /*   str2 is the other; it must be the same length as str1	      */
7706 /*								      */
7707 /*   returns 1 if strings compare equal, (that is, it is the same     */
7708 /*   length as str1 and str2, and each character of targ is in either */
7709 /*   str1 or str2 in the corresponding position), or 0 otherwise      */
7710 /*								      */
7711 /* This is used for generic caseless compare, including the awkward   */
7712 /* case of the Turkish dotted and dotless Is.  Use as (for example):  */
7713 /*   if (decBiStr(test, "mike", "MIKE")) ...			      */
7714 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7715 static Flag decBiStr(const char *targ, const char *str1, const char *str2) {
7716   for (;;targ++, str1++, str2++) {
7717     if (*targ!=*str1 && *targ!=*str2) return 0;
7718     /* *targ has a match in one (or both, if terminator) */
7719     if (*targ=='\0') break;
7720     } /* forever */
7721   return 1;
7722   } /* decBiStr */
7723 
7724 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7725 /* decNaNs -- handle NaN operand or operands			      */
7726 /*								      */
7727 /*   res     is the result number				      */
7728 /*   lhs     is the first operand				      */
7729 /*   rhs     is the second operand, or NULL if none		      */
7730 /*   context is used to limit payload length			      */
7731 /*   status  contains the current status			      */
7732 /*   returns res in case convenient				      */
7733 /*								      */
7734 /* Called when one or both operands is a NaN, and propagates the      */
7735 /* appropriate result to res.  When an sNaN is found, it is changed   */
7736 /* to a qNaN and Invalid operation is set.			      */
7737 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7738 static decNumber * decNaNs(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
7739 			   const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set,
7740 			   uInt *status) {
7741   /* This decision tree ends up with LHS being the source pointer, */
7742   /* and status updated if need be */
7743   if (lhs->bits & DECSNAN)
7744     *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation | DEC_sNaN;
7745    else if (rhs==NULL);
7746    else if (rhs->bits & DECSNAN) {
7747     lhs=rhs;
7748     *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation | DEC_sNaN;
7749     }
7750    else if (lhs->bits & DECNAN);
7751    else lhs=rhs;
7752 
7753   /* propagate the payload */
7754   if (lhs->digits<=set->digits) decNumberCopy(res, lhs); /* easy */
7755    else { /* too long */
7756     const Unit *ul;
7757     Unit *ur, *uresp1;
7758     /* copy safe number of units, then decapitate */
7759     res->bits=lhs->bits;		/* need sign etc. */
7760     uresp1=res->lsu+D2U(set->digits);
7761     for (ur=res->lsu, ul=lhs->lsu; ur<uresp1; ur++, ul++) *ur=*ul;
7762     res->digits=D2U(set->digits)*DECDPUN;
7763     /* maybe still too long */
7764     if (res->digits>set->digits) decDecap(res, res->digits-set->digits);
7765     }
7766 
7767   res->bits&=~DECSNAN;	      /* convert any sNaN to NaN, while */
7768   res->bits|=DECNAN;	      /* .. preserving sign */
7769   res->exponent=0;	      /* clean exponent */
7770 			      /* [coefficient was copied/decapitated] */
7771   return res;
7772   } /* decNaNs */
7773 
7774 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7775 /* decStatus -- apply non-zero status				      */
7776 /*								      */
7777 /*   dn	    is the number to set if error			      */
7778 /*   status contains the current status (not yet in context)	      */
7779 /*   set    is the context					      */
7780 /*								      */
7781 /* If the status is an error status, the number is set to a NaN,      */
7782 /* unless the error was an overflow, divide-by-zero, or underflow,    */
7783 /* in which case the number will have already been set.		      */
7784 /*								      */
7785 /* The context status is then updated with the new status.  Note that */
7786 /* this may raise a signal, so control may never return from this     */
7787 /* routine (hence resources must be recovered before it is called).   */
7788 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7789 static void decStatus(decNumber *dn, uInt status, decContext *set) {
7790   if (status & DEC_NaNs) {		/* error status -> NaN */
7791     /* if cause was an sNaN, clear and propagate [NaN is already set up] */
7792     if (status & DEC_sNaN) status&=~DEC_sNaN;
7793      else {
7794       decNumberZero(dn);		/* other error: clean throughout */
7795       dn->bits=DECNAN;			/* and make a quiet NaN */
7796       }
7797     }
7798   decContextSetStatus(set, status);	/* [may not return] */
7799   return;
7800   } /* decStatus */
7801 
7802 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7803 /* decGetDigits -- count digits in a Units array		      */
7804 /*								      */
7805 /*   uar is the Unit array holding the number (this is often an	      */
7806 /*	    accumulator of some sort)				      */
7807 /*   len is the length of the array in units [>=1]		      */
7808 /*								      */
7809 /*   returns the number of (significant) digits in the array	      */
7810 /*								      */
7811 /* All leading zeros are excluded, except the last if the array has   */
7812 /* only zero Units.						      */
7813 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7814 /* This may be called twice during some operations. */
7815 static Int decGetDigits(Unit *uar, Int len) {
7816   Unit *up=uar+(len-1);		   /* -> msu */
7817   Int  digits=(len-1)*DECDPUN+1;   /* possible digits excluding msu */
7818   #if DECDPUN>4
7819   uInt const *pow;		   /* work */
7820   #endif
7821 				   /* (at least 1 in final msu) */
7822   #if DECCHECK
7823   if (len<1) printf("decGetDigits called with len<1 [%ld]\n", (LI)len);
7824   #endif
7825 
7826   for (; up>=uar; up--) {
7827     if (*up==0) {		   /* unit is all 0s */
7828       if (digits==1) break;	   /* a zero has one digit */
7829       digits-=DECDPUN;		   /* adjust for 0 unit */
7830       continue;}
7831     /* found the first (most significant) non-zero Unit */
7832     #if DECDPUN>1		   /* not done yet */
7833     if (*up<10) break;		   /* is 1-9 */
7834     digits++;
7835     #if DECDPUN>2		   /* not done yet */
7836     if (*up<100) break;		   /* is 10-99 */
7837     digits++;
7838     #if DECDPUN>3		   /* not done yet */
7839     if (*up<1000) break;	   /* is 100-999 */
7840     digits++;
7841     #if DECDPUN>4		   /* count the rest ... */
7842     for (pow=&powers[4]; *up>=*pow; pow++) digits++;
7843     #endif
7844     #endif
7845     #endif
7846     #endif
7847     break;
7848     } /* up */
7849   return digits;
7850   } /* decGetDigits */
7851 
7852 #if DECTRACE | DECCHECK
7853 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7854 /* decNumberShow -- display a number [debug aid]		      */
7855 /*   dn is the number to show					      */
7856 /*								      */
7857 /* Shows: sign, exponent, coefficient (msu first), digits	      */
7858 /*    or: sign, special-value					      */
7859 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7860 /* this is public so other modules can use it */
7861 void decNumberShow(const decNumber *dn) {
7862   const Unit *up;		   /* work */
7863   uInt u, d;			   /* .. */
7864   Int cut;			   /* .. */
7865   char isign='+';		   /* main sign */
7866   if (dn==NULL) {
7867     printf("NULL\n");
7868     return;}
7869   if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) isign='-';
7870   printf(" >> %c ", isign);
7871   if (dn->bits&DECSPECIAL) {	   /* Is a special value */
7872     if (decNumberIsInfinite(dn)) printf("Infinity");
7873      else {				     /* a NaN */
7874       if (dn->bits&DECSNAN) printf("sNaN");  /* signalling NaN */
7875        else printf("NaN");
7876       }
7877     /* if coefficient and exponent are 0, no more to do */
7878     if (dn->exponent==0 && dn->digits==1 && *dn->lsu==0) {
7879       printf("\n");
7880       return;}
7881     /* drop through to report other information */
7882     printf(" ");
7883     }
7884 
7885   /* now carefully display the coefficient */
7886   up=dn->lsu+D2U(dn->digits)-1;		/* msu */
7887   printf("%ld", (LI)*up);
7888   for (up=up-1; up>=dn->lsu; up--) {
7889     u=*up;
7890     printf(":");
7891     for (cut=DECDPUN-1; cut>=0; cut--) {
7892       d=u/powers[cut];
7893       u-=d*powers[cut];
7894       printf("%ld", (LI)d);
7895       } /* cut */
7896     } /* up */
7897   if (dn->exponent!=0) {
7898     char esign='+';
7899     if (dn->exponent<0) esign='-';
7900     printf(" E%c%ld", esign, (LI)abs(dn->exponent));
7901     }
7902   printf(" [%ld]\n", (LI)dn->digits);
7903   } /* decNumberShow */
7904 #endif
7905 
7906 #if DECTRACE || DECCHECK
7907 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7908 /* decDumpAr -- display a unit array [debug/check aid]		      */
7909 /*   name is a single-character tag name			      */
7910 /*   ar	  is the array to display				      */
7911 /*   len  is the length of the array in Units			      */
7912 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7913 static void decDumpAr(char name, const Unit *ar, Int len) {
7914   Int i;
7915   const char *spec;
7916   #if DECDPUN==9
7917     spec="%09d ";
7918   #elif DECDPUN==8
7919     spec="%08d ";
7920   #elif DECDPUN==7
7921     spec="%07d ";
7922   #elif DECDPUN==6
7923     spec="%06d ";
7924   #elif DECDPUN==5
7925     spec="%05d ";
7926   #elif DECDPUN==4
7927     spec="%04d ";
7928   #elif DECDPUN==3
7929     spec="%03d ";
7930   #elif DECDPUN==2
7931     spec="%02d ";
7932   #else
7933     spec="%d ";
7934   #endif
7935   printf("  :%c: ", name);
7936   for (i=len-1; i>=0; i--) {
7937     if (i==len-1) printf("%ld ", (LI)ar[i]);
7938      else printf(spec, ar[i]);
7939     }
7940   printf("\n");
7941   return;}
7942 #endif
7943 
7944 #if DECCHECK
7945 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7946 /* decCheckOperands -- check operand(s) to a routine		      */
7947 /*   res is the result structure (not checked; it will be set to      */
7948 /*	    quiet NaN if error found (and it is not NULL))	      */
7949 /*   lhs is the first operand (may be DECUNRESU)		      */
7950 /*   rhs is the second (may be DECUNUSED)			      */
7951 /*   set is the context (may be DECUNCONT)			      */
7952 /*   returns 0 if both operands, and the context are clean, or 1      */
7953 /*     otherwise (in which case the context will show an error,	      */
7954 /*     unless NULL).  Note that res is not cleaned; caller should     */
7955 /*     handle this so res=NULL case is safe.			      */
7956 /* The caller is expected to abandon immediately if 1 is returned.    */
7957 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7958 static Flag decCheckOperands(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
7959 			     const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
7960   Flag bad=0;
7961   if (set==NULL) {		   /* oops; hopeless */
7962     #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
7963     printf("Reference to context is NULL.\n");
7964     #endif
7965     bad=1;
7966     return 1;}
7967    else if (set!=DECUNCONT
7968      && (set->digits<1 || set->round>=DEC_ROUND_MAX)) {
7969     bad=1;
7970     #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
7971     printf("Bad context [digits=%ld round=%ld].\n",
7972 	   (LI)set->digits, (LI)set->round);
7973     #endif
7974     }
7975    else {
7976     if (res==NULL) {
7977       bad=1;
7978       #if DECTRACE
7979       /* this one not DECVERB as standard tests include NULL */
7980       printf("Reference to result is NULL.\n");
7981       #endif
7982       }
7983     if (!bad && lhs!=DECUNUSED) bad=(decCheckNumber(lhs));
7984     if (!bad && rhs!=DECUNUSED) bad=(decCheckNumber(rhs));
7985     }
7986   if (bad) {
7987     if (set!=DECUNCONT) decContextSetStatus(set, DEC_Invalid_operation);
7988     if (res!=DECUNRESU && res!=NULL) {
7989       decNumberZero(res);
7990       res->bits=DECNAN;	      /* qNaN */
7991       }
7992     }
7993   return bad;
7994   } /* decCheckOperands */
7995 
7996 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
7997 /* decCheckNumber -- check a number				      */
7998 /*   dn is the number to check					      */
7999 /*   returns 0 if the number is clean, or 1 otherwise		      */
8000 /*								      */
8001 /* The number is considered valid if it could be a result from some   */
8002 /* operation in some valid context.				      */
8003 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
8004 static Flag decCheckNumber(const decNumber *dn) {
8005   const Unit *up;	      /* work */
8006   uInt maxuint;		      /* .. */
8007   Int ae, d, digits;	      /* .. */
8008   Int emin, emax;	      /* .. */
8009 
8010   if (dn==NULL) {	      /* hopeless */
8011     #if DECTRACE
8012     /* this one not DECVERB as standard tests include NULL */
8013     printf("Reference to decNumber is NULL.\n");
8014     #endif
8015     return 1;}
8016 
8017   /* check special values */
8018   if (dn->bits & DECSPECIAL) {
8019     if (dn->exponent!=0) {
8020       #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
8021       printf("Exponent %ld (not 0) for a special value [%02x].\n",
8022 	     (LI)dn->exponent, dn->bits);
8023       #endif
8024       return 1;}
8025 
8026     /* 2003.09.08: NaNs may now have coefficients, so next tests Inf only */
8027     if (decNumberIsInfinite(dn)) {
8028       if (dn->digits!=1) {
8029 	#if DECTRACE || DECVERB
8030 	printf("Digits %ld (not 1) for an infinity.\n", (LI)dn->digits);
8031 	#endif
8032 	return 1;}
8033       if (*dn->lsu!=0) {
8034 	#if DECTRACE || DECVERB
8035 	printf("LSU %ld (not 0) for an infinity.\n", (LI)*dn->lsu);
8036 	#endif
8037 	decDumpAr('I', dn->lsu, D2U(dn->digits));
8038 	return 1;}
8039       } /* Inf */
8040     /* 2002.12.26: negative NaNs can now appear through proposed IEEE */
8041     /*		   concrete formats (decimal64, etc.). */
8042     return 0;
8043     }
8044 
8045   /* check the coefficient */
8046   if (dn->digits<1 || dn->digits>DECNUMMAXP) {
8047     #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
8048     printf("Digits %ld in number.\n", (LI)dn->digits);
8049     #endif
8050     return 1;}
8051 
8052   d=dn->digits;
8053 
8054   for (up=dn->lsu; d>0; up++) {
8055     if (d>DECDPUN) maxuint=DECDPUNMAX;
8056      else {		      /* reached the msu */
8057       maxuint=powers[d]-1;
8058       if (dn->digits>1 && *up<powers[d-1]) {
8059 	#if DECTRACE || DECVERB
8060 	printf("Leading 0 in number.\n");
8061 	decNumberShow(dn);
8062 	#endif
8063 	return 1;}
8064       }
8065     if (*up>maxuint) {
8066       #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
8067       printf("Bad Unit [%08lx] in %ld-digit number at offset %ld [maxuint %ld].\n",
8068 	      (LI)*up, (LI)dn->digits, (LI)(up-dn->lsu), (LI)maxuint);
8069       #endif
8070       return 1;}
8071     d-=DECDPUN;
8072     }
8073 
8074   /* check the exponent.  Note that input operands can have exponents */
8075   /* which are out of the set->emin/set->emax and set->digits range */
8076   /* (just as they can have more digits than set->digits). */
8077   ae=dn->exponent+dn->digits-1;	   /* adjusted exponent */
8078   emax=DECNUMMAXE;
8079   emin=DECNUMMINE;
8080   digits=DECNUMMAXP;
8081   if (ae<emin-(digits-1)) {
8082     #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
8083     printf("Adjusted exponent underflow [%ld].\n", (LI)ae);
8084     decNumberShow(dn);
8085     #endif
8086     return 1;}
8087   if (ae>+emax) {
8088     #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
8089     printf("Adjusted exponent overflow [%ld].\n", (LI)ae);
8090     decNumberShow(dn);
8091     #endif
8092     return 1;}
8093 
8094   return 0;		 /* it's OK */
8095   } /* decCheckNumber */
8096 
8097 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
8098 /* decCheckInexact -- check a normal finite inexact result has digits */
8099 /*   dn is the number to check					      */
8100 /*   set is the context (for status and precision)		      */
8101 /*   sets Invalid operation, etc., if some digits are missing	      */
8102 /* [this check is not made for DECSUBSET compilation or when	      */
8103 /* subnormal is not set]					      */
8104 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
8105 static void decCheckInexact(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
8106   #if !DECSUBSET && DECEXTFLAG
8107     if ((set->status & (DEC_Inexact|DEC_Subnormal))==DEC_Inexact
8108      && (set->digits!=dn->digits) && !(dn->bits & DECSPECIAL)) {
8109       #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
8110       printf("Insufficient digits [%ld] on normal Inexact result.\n",
8111 	     (LI)dn->digits);
8112       decNumberShow(dn);
8113       #endif
8114       decContextSetStatus(set, DEC_Invalid_operation);
8115       }
8116   #else
8117     /* next is a noop for quiet compiler */
8118     if (dn!=NULL && dn->digits==0) set->status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
8119   #endif
8120   return;
8121   } /* decCheckInexact */
8122 #endif
8123 
8124 #if DECALLOC
8125 #undef malloc
8126 #undef free
8127 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
8128 /* decMalloc -- accountable allocation routine			      */
8129 /*   n is the number of bytes to allocate			      */
8130 /*								      */
8131 /* Semantics is the same as the stdlib malloc routine, but bytes      */
8132 /* allocated are accounted for globally, and corruption fences are    */
8133 /* added before and after the 'actual' storage.			      */
8134 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
8135 /* This routine allocates storage with an extra twelve bytes; 8 are   */
8136 /* at the start and hold:					      */
8137 /*   0-3 the original length requested				      */
8138 /*   4-7 buffer corruption detection fence (DECFENCE, x4)	      */
8139 /* The 4 bytes at the end also hold a corruption fence (DECFENCE, x4) */
8140 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
8141 static void *decMalloc(size_t n) {
8142   uInt	size=n+12;		   /* true size */
8143   void	*alloc;			   /* -> allocated storage */
8144   uInt	*j;			   /* work */
8145   uByte *b, *b0;		   /* .. */
8146 
8147   alloc=malloc(size);		   /* -> allocated storage */
8148   if (alloc==NULL) return NULL;	   /* out of strorage */
8149   b0=(uByte *)alloc;		   /* as bytes */
8150   decAllocBytes+=n;		   /* account for storage */
8151   j=(uInt *)alloc;		   /* -> first four bytes */
8152   *j=n;				   /* save n */
8153   /* printf(" alloc ++ dAB: %ld (%d)\n", decAllocBytes, n); */
8154   for (b=b0+4; b<b0+8; b++) *b=DECFENCE;
8155   for (b=b0+n+8; b<b0+n+12; b++) *b=DECFENCE;
8156   return b0+8;			   /* -> play area */
8157   } /* decMalloc */
8158 
8159 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
8160 /* decFree -- accountable free routine				      */
8161 /*   alloc is the storage to free				      */
8162 /*								      */
8163 /* Semantics is the same as the stdlib malloc routine, except that    */
8164 /* the global storage accounting is updated and the fences are	      */
8165 /* checked to ensure that no routine has written 'out of bounds'.     */
8166 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
8167 /* This routine first checks that the fences have not been corrupted. */
8168 /* It then frees the storage using the 'truw' storage address (that   */
8169 /* is, offset by 8).						      */
8170 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
8171 static void decFree(void *alloc) {
8172   uInt	*j, n;			   /* pointer, original length */
8173   uByte *b, *b0;		   /* work */
8174 
8175   if (alloc==NULL) return;	   /* allowed; it's a nop */
8176   b0=(uByte *)alloc;		   /* as bytes */
8177   b0-=8;			   /* -> true start of storage */
8178   j=(uInt *)b0;			   /* -> first four bytes */
8179   n=*j;				   /* lift */
8180   for (b=b0+4; b<b0+8; b++) if (*b!=DECFENCE)
8181     printf("=== Corrupt byte [%02x] at offset %d from %ld ===\n", *b,
8182 	   b-b0-8, (Int)b0);
8183   for (b=b0+n+8; b<b0+n+12; b++) if (*b!=DECFENCE)
8184     printf("=== Corrupt byte [%02x] at offset +%d from %ld, n=%ld ===\n", *b,
8185 	   b-b0-8, (Int)b0, n);
8186   free(b0);			   /* drop the storage */
8187   decAllocBytes-=n;		   /* account for storage */
8188   /* printf(" free -- dAB: %d (%d)\n", decAllocBytes, -n); */
8189   } /* decFree */
8190 #define malloc(a) decMalloc(a)
8191 #define free(a) decFree(a)
8192 #endif
8193